UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY...
Transcript of UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY...
![Page 1: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY
Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing
Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Amitava Nandi
A DISSERTATION
SbBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE S'WDIES
IN PARTLU mLFILLMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHlLOSOPHY
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANiCAL .hW MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
CALGARY. ALBERTA
SEPïEMBER, 2000
@Amitava Nandi 3000
![Page 2: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Bibliothèque nationale du Canada
Acquisitions and Acquisitions el Bibliographie SeMces servÎces bibliographiques
The author has gcaxtted a non- L'auteur a accordé une licence non exciusive licence dowing the exclusive permettant a Ia National LIbrary of Canada to Bibliothèque nationale du Canada de reproduce, loan, dismibute or sel reproduire, preter, distri'bner ou copies of this thesis in microfom vendre des copies de cette thèse sous paper or electronic formats. la forme de microfiche/film, de
reproduction sur papier ou sur format eIectronique .
The author retains ownership of the L'auteur conserve ia propriété du copyright in this thesis. Neither the droit d'auteur qui protège cette thèse. thesis nor substantial extracts fiom it Ni Ia thèse ni des extraits substantiels may be printed or otheNvise de celIe-ci ne doivent être imprimés reproduced without the author's ou autrement reproduits sans son permission. autorisation.
![Page 3: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Abstract
The abiiity of manufacruring organizations to reliably meet due dates that have b en
promised to their customers is of primary importance. In a make-to-order manufacnrriag
environment where capacity is fixed and due dates cannot be idluenced, rejection of a
judiciously chosen subset of potential customer orders represents une way to manage the
situation. This thesis exclusively focuses on this kind of manufacnuing system and explores
in detaii how the ability to reject orders affects performance when costs aise due to both job
rejection and job rardiness.
In this research three alternative d e s (two algorithmic and one simulation-based) for making
the acceptlreject decision for customer orden have ben developed and tested. A wide range
of experiments have k e n conducted and analyzed to assess both the qualitative and
quantitative performance of these des. in addition, the thesis reports on how an op*
controt policy for a hypotheticai man~lfacturing system can be chosen as a hction of the
system's environmental factors.
--. Ill
![Page 4: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Acknowledgements
My thesis is an apex built on so many experiences at the University of Calgary and which has
ken Ïnfiuenced by many people whom 1 wish to acknowledge here.
First of aii 1 wouid iike to thank Dr. Paul Rogers for supervising me, for giving me direction
at the difficult times during my research, and aiso providing me with financial support,
Next, 1 would like to thank Dr. S.T. Enns for his invaluable informai advice and discussion
on many cri tical research issues.
The heip and support of Khee Teck Wong, our computer system manager. deserves
special mention. During many computerproblems he was aIways there and most importantly
he soIved aii probIems in a timely fashion. Also 1 wish to chank aii of our departmental staff
and aU of my fnends in the department.
1 would aiso Iike to thank my examining cornmittee Dr. P. Rogers, Dr. D.H. Norrie, Dr. S.T.
Enns. Dr. J. Baiakrishnan and Dr. D.R. Strong.
My parents and elder brother deserve very speciai thanks for sharing my agony and providing
me emotional support at difficult situations. AIso many appreciation is reserved for Shilpi,
for her patience and understanding attitude-
Fmaliy a speciai thanks shouid go to the N a m Science and Engineering Research Council
of Canada and to the Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineerhg for their
uninterrupted financial support which has made this research possible.
![Page 5: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Dedicated to my Parents
![Page 6: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
![Page 7: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
.......... 3.1.2.1 JusrZcatioo of Choosing an MT0 System -41 3.1.2-2 How is a Customer Enquiry Addressed in an
................................ MT0 System? -42 3.1.3 OrderCIass ........................................... 43 3.1.4 Due Date Ass ipen t .................................. -43
......................................... 3.1.5 Cost Structure 4i ......................... 3 . I.5.1 Formulation of Revenue 45
3-1-52 Formulation of Tardiness Cost and its Justification ................................... 46
............................... 3.1.6 Different Decision Points -48 ......................... 3.1.6. I AcceptlReject Decision -49 .......................... 3.1.62 Order Release Decision 50
........................... 3.1.63 Dispatching Decision -50 ......... 3.2 DEerent Alternative Control Poiicies Used in This Research -50
............ 3.2.1 important Quantities InvoIved in Different Rules -51 ........................... 32.2 Alternative AccepuReject Rules 53 ........................... 3.1.3 Alternative Order Release Rules 58
........................... 3.24 Alternative Dispatching Rules - 61
........................... 3.3 List of Important Parametes Involved -63 ............................. 3.4 Performance Measures of the System 65
................... 3.5 List of Assumptions in the Hypothetical System -69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 Description of the SIMMY Simuiation Mode1 -69
Chapter 4 .............................. Preliminary Experiments and Analysis 72
........................................... 4.1 Chusen Parameters 72 .................................... 4.1.1 Due Date Tighmess -74
4.2 The Choice of Different Factor Levels for the Prelirninary ................................................ Exprimenu 76
............ 4.3 Preliminary Studies on the System Under Full Acceptaace 78 ..................... 4.3.1 Findings from the Preliminary Studies -79
4.3.1.1 AllReguiarûrders .............................. 79 ........................... 1.3.1.2 Two Ciasses o f Oder -83
....... 4.4 Preiiminary Experiments InvoIving Input Control Mechanisms -85 .............. 44.1 Experiments Involving ûnly "Replaf' Orders -86
................. 4.4.1.1 Effect on OPA, OFTL and OPRL -87 ............. 4.4.1.2 EfféctonOFI', OMLTandOWTORQ -89
4.4.1.3 Effect on the VariabilÎty of Order Amval into the ORQ and on the Variability of the Load inheORQ .................................... 90
LIA . 1.4 l3ect on the VariabiZity of Overail Flow Tirne (Om ................................... 97
![Page 8: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
4.4.2 Experiments Involving Both Regular and Urgent Orders ....... -93 .......................... 4.4.2.1 Experimental Approach 94
................................ 44-22 Effect on OPA -95
Chapter S .................................... Main Experiments and Analysis 97
5.1 The Effect of the Control Parameters of the Accept/Reject ........................ Rules on the Main Performance Measures -98
............................. 5.1.1 The BUS AccepüReject Rule 98
............................ 5-12 The TAL AcceptlReject Rule 103 5.2 Fmding the Optimal Control Policy for Given Envuonmental
................................................. Conditions 103 ............ 5.2.1 The General Approach to Fiiding the Optimum -104
............... 5.3 Optimal Control with the BUS as AccepüReject Rule 106 .......................... 5.3.1 The Case of Al1 Regular Orders 106
5.3.1.1 Influence of DL m e n Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Tùeir Base Levels 106
5.3.1.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fied ............................ at Their Base Levels 107
5.3.1.3 Influence of PïV When Other Factors Are Fied ............................ at Their Base Levels 107
5.3.1.4 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fied ............................ at Their Base Levels 109
............. 5.3.15 Muence of DL under Changing DLV 109 ........................ 5-32 The Case of Two Classes of Order 110
5.3.2.1 Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed ........................... at Their Base LeveIs . I l i
5.3.2.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Tùeir Base Levels 114
5.3.2.3 Muence of PTV When Other Factors Are Fxed ............................ at Their Base ieveis 115
5.3.2.4 Muence of PU0 When Other Factors Are Fiied ............................ at Their Base Levels 115
5.3.2.5 infiuence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Their Base Levels 117
............. 5.3.2.6 Muence of DL under Changing DLV 117 ............. 5.3 .2.7 Muence of DL under Changing PTV -118 ............. 5.3.2.8 Influence of DL under Changing PU0 119
5.3.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of HL and RL for BUS on the ............................ Main Performance Measures 120
............... 5.4 Optimal Control with the TAL as AcceptReject Rule 123 ......................... 5.4.1 The Case of AU Regdar Orders -123
![Page 9: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
![Page 10: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
552.5 Infiuence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Their Base Levels 137
5.5.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of Kirzcr on the Main Performance ............................................ Measures 138
5.6 Cornparison of the Performances of the BUS, TAL and SIMUL Ruies ..................................................... 139
Chapter 6 ................................. Conclusions and Future Research 141
................. 6.1 SummariUng the Main Results From the Research 141 ........................... 6.1.1 Accepmeject Rule Behaviour 141
6.1.2 Performance of the Simdation-based AcceptlReject Rule ...... 143 6.1.3 Optimal Choice of Acceptf'eject Rule Control Limits ........ 144 6.1.4 Accepmeject Rule Behaviour M e n There Are Two Classes
............................................. of Order 145 ........................ 6.2 Applicability of This Research in Ractice 146
....................................... 6.3 Onginal Conm%utions 147 ............................................. 6.3 Future Research !49
Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix 1 Appendix J Appendix K
.................. Definitions of Terms Used in the Licerature 163 ................................... input File Description 170
.......................... S trategic AccepUReject Decisions 174 .................... Glossary of Acronyms and S p i a l Terms 176
........................ Description of the Simulation Mode1 181
........................ Results for Preliminary Expeximents 191 ....................................... D-optimai Design 195
....................... Results h m Two-stage input Conuol 199 .............. Accuracy of the Repssion Models of Chapter 5 204
..................... Mai. Performances at Optimal Conuol -213 ....................... Plots for the TAL AccepUReject Rule 232
![Page 11: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
List of Tables
Table 3.1 Table 3.2 Table 4.1
Table 4.2
Table 4.3
Table 5.1 Table F . 1 Table F.2 Table H . 1
TabIe H.2
Table H.3
Table HA
Table 1.1 Table L2
Table 1.3 Table L4
TabIe L5 Table 1.6
Table 1-7 Table 1.8
Table L9 Table J.1
Table J.2
Table J.3
...................................... PerformanceMeasures 66 .................... ûrganization of Different Parts of the Mode1 -70
OPA and RxPA at Different Values of DL and R e m A ................................................ (fixed Ku) 80
Mean and CoV of OR. R S ï for Difierent DL, DLV ................................................. and Pm 81
OPA, RxPA and UxPA for DSerent PUO, R e e A .............................................. and UrgFïA 84
Cornparison of AcceptiReject Rules Based on OPA .............. 140 Results for Different Variants of Percent Achievements ........... 192 Results for Different Variants of Fiow Times ................... 193 Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Conuol Limits
.................................... in BUS-BUSM Scenario 200 Expected OPA at Difierent Combinations of Conuol Limits
..................................... in BUS-TRL Scenario 201 Expected OPA at Difierent Combinations of Conml Limits
.................................... in TAL-BUSM Scenario 202 Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Control Limits
..................................... inTAL-TRLScenario 203 Accuracy for the BUS Re,d ar Orden Only Case ................ 205 .4 ccuracy for the BUS Regdar Ordea Only Case
.......................................... (Expanded Test) 206 Accuracy for the BUS Two Order Classes Case ................. 206 Accuracy for the BUS Two Order Classes Case
.......................................... (Expanded Test) 207 Accuracy for ~e TAL Reguiar M e r s Only Case ............... -207 Accufacy for the TAL Re,$ ar Orden Only Case
......................................... (Expanded Test) -208 Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case ................ -208 Accuracy for the TAL Two Order CIasses Case
......................................... (Expanded Test) -209 Accuracy for the SIML1 Two Order Classes Case .............. -211 OPA. üPA . RPA, UxPA and RxPA under Changing DL DLV . PTV and PUO, When BUS Is Active ................ -226 OPRL UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV, F W and PUOI When BUS is Active ................ -226 OPTL., UPTL . RPTL UxPTL and lWTL mder Changing
![Page 12: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When BUS Is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 TabIe J.4 : OPA, UPA. RPA, UxPA and RxPA under Changing
DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL Is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -228 Table 1.5 : OPRL. UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changhg
DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL 1s Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -228 Table J.6 : OE'TL, UPTL, RPTL, UxPTL and RxPTL under Changing
DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL Is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Table J.7 : OPA, UPA, RPA, U S A and RxPA under Changing
DL, DLV. PTV and PUO. When SIMUL is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -230 Table J.8 : OPRL, UPRL, RPRL. UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing
DL, DLV. PTV and PUO. When SIMUL is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -230 Table J.9 : 0% WTL, RFTL. UxFïL and RxPTL under Changing
DL. DLV. PTV and PUO, When SIMUL 1s Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 1
xii
![Page 13: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
List of Figures
Figure 3.1 Fia- 3.2 Figure 3.3
Figure 4.1 Fiam 4.2 Fi.- 3.3 Figure 4.4 Figure 4.5
Figure 4.8
Figure 4.9 Fi-mire 5.1 Figure 5.2 Fi,- 5.3 Figure 5.4 Figure 5.5 figure 5.6 Figure 5.7 Fi,- 5.8 Figure 5.9 Fi,oure 5.10 Fi,oure 5.1 1 Fi,- 5.12 Fi,m 5.13 Fi,- 5.13 Figure 5.15 Fi,- 5.16 Fi_= 5.17 Fi,oure 5-18 Fiaoure 3-19 Fi-pre 5.20 Figure 531 Figure 532
................... The Layout of the Manuiacturing System -39 ................................... Tardiness Cost Curve -47
Sctiematic Di- of the Overail Decision-making Process ............................................... 49
....................... Gamma Distribution at Different CoV 78 .......................... Effecc of DLV on OPA and RxPA 80 .......................... Effect of PTV on OPA and RxPA 81
......... Different Cost Related Terms vs DL (FUU Acceptance) 82 Different Cwt Relaced Terms vs DL (BUS Ail Regular
............................ Scenario With Fixed RLBUS) 83 ....... OPA . OPTL, OPRL vs . CL (for DifYerenr Values of RL) -88
OFT . OMLT and OWTORQ vs . CL (for Different .......................................... Values of RL) 90
Variability of Inter-arriva1 Tme to the ORQ and Load ............... in the ORQ vs . CL (for Dinerent Values of RL) 91 .............. CoV of O R vs . CL (for Different Vdues of RL) 93
............................ . OPA . OPRL and O F I L vs RL -99 ................................. OPA vs . RL Acmss DL -99 ................................ OPRL vs . RL Amss DL 100 ................................ . OPTL vs RL Across DL I O 0 ................................ OPA vs . RLAcross DLV 101 ................................ OPA vs . RL Across Pm 101 ................................ OPA vs . RL Across PU0 102 ................................ OPA vs . RL Across DDT 102
.......................... RL vs . DL (for BUS, PU0 = 0%) 106 ........................ RL vs . DLV (for BUS. PU0 = 0%) 107 ........................ RL vs . FTV (for BUS, PU0 = 0%) 108 ........................ RL vs . DDT (for BUS, PU0 = 0%) 109
........ RL vs . DL under Changing DLV (for BUS. PU0 = 0%) 110 ................................ . HL and RL vs DL (BUS) 1 1 1
........................... OPRL and OPTL vs DL @US) 113
........................... . UPRL and RPRL vs DL (BUS) 113 .............................. HL and RL vs . DLV (BUS) 114
......................... Optimd OPA vs . DLV (BUS . FA) 114 .............................. HL and RL vs . PTV (BUS) 115 .............................. HL and RL vs . PU0 (BUS) 115
OPA . OPRL, OPTL bTRL and üPïL vs . PU0 (BUS) ........ I l 6 .............................. HL and RL vs- DDT (BUS) 117
![Page 14: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
![Page 15: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Fi,m J.2.1
Fi-oure JZ-2
Figure J2.3
F r g m J3.4
Fi-- J.3.1
Fi,oure J3.2
Figure 1.3.3
Figure J.3.3
Figure K. 1
and RxPTL un&r Changing DL PUO, DLV and PTV, ................................... When BUS Is Active 217
Effect of Optimal Control on OPA, OPRL. and OPïL under Cbanging DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL Is Active .................................. - 2 18 Effect of Optimal Control on UPA, RPA. UxPA. and RxPA under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL 1s Active .................................. - 2 19 Effect of Optimal Conmi1 on UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL under Cbanging DL, PUO, DLV and ETV, WhenTALIsActive ................................... 220 E3fect of Optimal Conml on üPTL, RPTL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changing DL, PUO. DLV and Pm,
.................................. When TAL 1s Active -221 Effect of Opumal Control on OPA, OPRL. and OPTL under Changing DL. PUO, DLV and PTV.
333 ................................. When SIMUL 1s Active N-
Effect of Optimal Control on UPA, RPA, UxPA. and RxPA under Changing DL. PUO. DLV and PTV, When SIMUL Is Active ................................ -223 Effect of Optimai Conml on L'PRL. RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL, under Citanging DL PUO, DLV and PTV. When SIMUL 1s Active ................................ .224 Effect of Optimd Control on UPTL. RPTL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changing DL PUO, DLV and m. When SIMUL Is Active ................................ -225 Plots for the TAL AcceptReject Rule ..................... .233
![Page 16: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
Chapter 1
Introduction
Those involveci with the management of manufacturing operarions are fared with the
dificuit task of bdancing often conflicting objectives such as productivity and speed of
customer response. Furthemore, the relative importance of different objectives changes over
time. It is widely recognized today that the objective of high capacity uulization has
gaduaîiy Iost importance cornpared with the need for low inventories, short lead times and
high due date performance and that competing in a global market demands high quatity,
dependable deliveries. Being a iow cost producer no longer guarantees success (Hill. 1985).
while the ability to disth--h one manufacturer h m anotber based on hi@ product qualify
has k e n repiaced by Ume and service-relaced capabilities (MiIier and Roth, 1988). in hi@y
cornpetitive markets. many companies have corne to view customer satisfaction as a key to
maintainhg and increasing their market share. One of the most important measues of the
quaIity of service a company provides is on-cime delivery performance (Ashby and Uzsoy.
I995), aithou@ it should &e recognized that this Ïs not a new concem as Conway et al.
( 1967) noted:
The measure that muses the most interest in those wbo face pracucal
probiems of sequencing is the satisfaction of preassigned due dates .-. the
abiIiv to fulfiU delivery promises on time undoubtedy dominates these other
considerations .'
![Page 17: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
The ability to reliably meet due dates, particularly in situations where alIowabIe fiow rimes
are short, is coupled with the ability to keep work in propss W) levels under control. It
is now a generaiiy accepted fact that as WiP increases beyond a certain point, the throughput
ceases to increase. while manuiacturing lead time (MLT) continues to rise. In a seminai
work. Little ( 196 1 ) showed the theoretical relationship among W. throughput and MLT,
hiz_hli@ting that there is a criticai level of WIP that should nor be exceeded in a
manufacniring system if lead time parantees are to be achievable.
Managing and controiiing W P inventories requires weii-defmed Order Review and Reiease
(ORR) strategies. Wight ( 1970) advocated long ago for serious consideration of inputIoutput
conwi within the production planning and control sysrern suggesting a simple principle
wtrich States that work should nor be added ro the shop at a rate thar exceeds the rare or
which the w r k c m be complered. This principle has become known as the principie of
Workload Control (WC).
Research in ORR can be traced back to the 1960s with a substantial volume of research
appearing since then- One concept which has not been weLi investigaced in che existing ORR
literature ts how the ability to seIectively reject customerorders rnight affect the performance
of a manufacturing organization. From the point of view of overall customer service.
rejecting some selected orden, so that the accepted orders can be tinished with an acceptable
level of tardiness. may be better than accepting aii orders and finishg a significant
propomon of them tardy, and with the overail tardiness unacceptably hi*. In fact, rejecting
some orders is the only way to manage a make-twrder manufacturing system where
capacity is fixed and where due dates cannot be influenced, once they are assiped
The present thesis is intendeci to explore the concept of selective order rejection and thereby
contribute to the body of knowledge on input connol. The thesis exciusively focuses on a
fixed capacity make-to-order manufacturïng system and explores in detail how the abiiity to
reject orders affects performance when costs arise due to both job rejection and job tardiness.
![Page 18: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
The rest of the thesis is arranged in the fouowing way. Chapter 2 presents a derailed literature
review in the area of workIoad conml which leads to a logical set of objectives for this
thesis. Chapter 3 incluùes a description of the hypothetical manufacturing system which has
been used as a test bed for the fesearch. Chapter 4 reports on some preliminary studies of the
system, explorhg how different factors impact the principai performance measures both
when the system is operating without the abdity to reject any orders and when an explicit
accept./reject capability is addeb Chapter 5 explores how optimal conuol parameters can be
chosen as a function of the system's environmental factors. This chapter reports on the effect
of this optimal connol on the main performance measures of the system. Finally Chapter 6
concludes this thesis hi@@Mg the main contributions of the research and identifymg some
promishg directions for furcher work.
![Page 19: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
Chapter 2
Review of Relevant Literature
This chapter outlines the motivation and objective of the present research through an
extensive iiterature review in the area of Workload Control (WLC), which encompasses both
input and output control. This review anatyzes the merits and demerits of a sizeable body of
research that bas been reported to date and identifies the gaps which are worthy of further
researcb for this thesis. The chapter begrns with a generd discussion of inputhutput control,
and subsequently focuses on the Order Review and Release (ORR) mechanisa which is the
key insmrment for input control. While doing so, the pros and cons of ORR, as noted in the
existing iiteranire. are addresseci and Ebe position of ORR in the context of a typicai
Production Pianning and Conml System is idenufied. which is usehi in presenting a
frarnework for ORR. The chapter concludes with a statement of the specfic objectives of the
thesis.
2.1 Input/Output Control
Hi$ vo1umes of work in process. plants nmning behind schedule and due dates being
fiequentiy missed are some of the common happening on the shop ffwr which cost
manufacruers money. As Wight (1970) pointed out, these are the symptoms of a problem
sometimes called Iong Manufacninng Lead Time (MLT). Wight showed that the actud
working Mie of a job in the manufacturhg shop is in fact ten percent or less of the MLT,
![Page 20: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
which is the total time spent by the job in the shop. 'Chis is because it spends most of the time
waiting in various machine queues, the queues king out of control.
It is now well known that as work in progress (WIP) inceases beyond a limiting point, the
throughput ceases to increase, while MLT coniinues to rise. In a pioneering work, Little
(1961) showed the theoretical reIatioaship among WIP. hughpu t and MLT. This gives an
indication that there is a critical fevel of WiP that should be maintained in the system to
avoid problems with long lead times while achieving satisfactory throughput.
The three main causes of unconmiled queues, i d e n ~ e d by Wight (1970), are infiated
planned lead time. erratic input to the plant, and inability to plan and control output
effectiveiy. Each of these three is explained in more detail below.
It is a common misconception that longer p l m e d lead rimes CO the customer help meeting
due dates since in reaiity the opposite may be m e as longer lead times may cause more work
to be reteased to the floor which causes pater congestion and longer delays. "As planned
Iead cimes are increased. orden will be generated sooner, thus increasing backiogs in the
shop." (Wight. 1970)
The second cause is erratic plmr input. Releasing jobs to the manufacturing floor as the
system generates requirements, may resdt in a highly erratic input to the shop. Existing
traditional production planning and controI systems provide insuffïcient support to
coordinate the different planning levels which are concemed with the scheduling of the work
orders. With hiziiy uneven input and fked capacity of resources, it cm be ciifficuit to
produce the output at the same rate as the input, so this extra input gets absorbed into the
queues and the backIogs increase and hence the lead time. hitting orders into a shop on the
date when they are supposeci to be md, regardless of available capacity, doesn't really
make a F a t ded of sense. On the shop floor, if there is not enough capacity, and the rate of
input exceeds the rate of output, the orden are ae ly to show up tardy and it is hard to
![Page 21: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
determine what the rd priorities are, as they are chaaged since the orders were oiginally
released. A low level of shop backlog (i-e. the jobs which are behind thei. planned p r o p s s
through the shop) can be rnaintained only if the jobs are teleased to the shop at a rate whicti
matches the capacity of the shop. III particular, if the capacity remains constant, so should
the release rate. This emphasizes the importance of conmlling the input of work load into
the system.
The third reason which mi@ cause uncontrolied queues is the lack of conrrol of output.
There is one simpIe d e to control backlogs. and thus conml lead times, which is to keep
the rate of input to the shop equal to or less than the rate of output fiom the shop. It d o w s
the production manager to control another factor which is the rate of output. This can be
managed by adjusting the resource capacity in the shop, as and when needed through
overtime. subconcracting or extra shifts.
So. conuolling the input of work load to the manufacniring system involves judiciously
accepting customer orden andfor releasing the accepted orders to the shop flwr when the
Ume is ripe. Controlling the output deals with manipulating the capaciry of the resources
available to the manufacnrruig system. which might permit the system to deal with some
varïability in woricioad. When the balance between capacity available and demand is
unacceptable. the planning system can reestablish balance by increasing capacity in che
periods where the load exceeds the capacity (e-g., through overtime. subcontracting or extra
shifts as mentioned earlier). This capacity probIem can dso be handled by shifüng and
readjusting the orders to different periods and making appropriate changes to the due dates.
ïhis input/output conuol stems from Wight's principle of Workload Control 0 and the
concept has amacted much interest during the last decade.
The present research explores the situation where the capacity remains constant and thus is
devoted oniy to input conml of manufacturing systems which is typicaliy known as the
Order Review and ReIease (ORR) mechanism.
![Page 22: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
2.2 The Order Review and Release (ORR) Mechanism
l'lus section gives an overview of the ORR mechanism, illustrates the position of ORR in
Ehe context of Production Planning and Conml of manufacturing systems, and describes a
framework for ORR.
22.1 The Place of ORR in the Production Planaüig and Control System
In the existing Literature dealing wirh ORR. there is some confusion regardhg the place of
ORR in the context of Production Planning and Control Systems. For example, Mehyk and
Carter (1987) considered ORR as a shop floor control activity. At the same time, the order
release pool (which is generally referred to as a pre-shop pool) is an important component
of ORR and has k e n said to comect the planning system and the shop floor. indicating that
ORR is not wholly a part of either the pIanning system or the shop floor. On the other hand.
Philipoom and Fry (1992) and Bergamaschi et al, (1997) recognized the decision of order
acceptance or rejection as one of the ORR activities. But the activity of accepting an order
is generaüy known as an activity for which the planning system is responsible. So ORR is
partly a planning activity as weii.
In thïs thesis ORR will be viewed as neither a part of the planning system nor of the shop
floor. but it certainly helps the pIanning system to make the order acceptireject decision. It
aiso indudes the preparation of acceptedostiers in terms of accurnuiating ai l the information
about the order requkd by the shop floor personnei. As long as the order preparation phase
is not complete, the order does not leme the plannulg system. After the planning sysrem, an
order may be temporarily held back in the order release pool which is a pre-shop pool for
review and evaiuation of the order and possibly for leveling the load on the shop floor by
choosing the appropriate time to release the order.
![Page 23: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
22.2 What is ORR?
ORR deals with controllhg the input of orders to a manufacturing system. Broadly speaking,
it is the process of managing order transition from the customer or the planning systern to the
shop floor. These activities are necessary to conuol the flow of information and orders
passing fiom the planning system to the execution system and to ensure that the orders which
are accepted and released have a ceasonable chance of k ing completed in the desired t h e
and quantity. It is worth noting explicitly that ORR might choose to reject some of the ordes.
223 A Framework for the ORR Mechanism
ORR consists of a i i of the activities that take place from the time when the plauning system
faces a request from a customer to accept an order und chat order (if accepted) is in process
on the fioor. At least two frameworks for ORR can be found in the existing literature. The
fmt, and the most recognized and detailed one, was developed by Melnyk and Carter (1987)
while a second one was developed by Bechte (1988).
According to Bechte (1988), a complete ORR system, in its most generd fom. consists of
three major parts which are order entry phase, pre-shop pool management phase, and order
release phase. In contrast, according to Melnyk and Carter (1987), ORR in its most basic
form consists of three major acavities viz order preparation, review a d evaiuation of
orders, and load leveling. in both of these fiameworks, the activity of order accept/reject
decision-making was not considered specificaiiy, since the concept of this kind of decision-
making as a means to concrol the input of orders in a manufacninng systern was not explicitly
recognized untii Philipoom and Fry (1992). Later on, Bergamaschi et al. (1997) incorporated
the activity of acceptlreject decision-making into the order entry phase of the framework
developed by Bechte (1988).
![Page 24: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
In the foiiowing paragraphs the ORR fiamework will be described briefly according to the
,gideIine laid by Meinyk and Carter (1987) with the necessary modification to incorporate
the accepikject decision as suggested by Bergarnaschi er al. (1997) and Philipuorn and FIY
(1992).
The Activities of ORR
ORR is essentiaüy an interface between the customerlmanufacniring planning system and
the shop floor. In its modified fonn, ORR consists of four major activities viz. (1)
Accepr/rejecr decision-making for an order, (2) orderpreparation, (3) rmiew and evaluation
of orders, and 14) I d leveling.
( 1 ) Accepv'reject decision-makingfor an order: This activity decides if a particuiar order will
be accepted or rejected dependhg on some criterion (e-g. shop floor condition. nature of the
order etc. ) .
(2) Order prepararion: This ensures that the order released by the planning system has ail
of the information required by the shop flwr personnel.
( 3 ) Review aitd evaluation of orders: This activity attempts to ensure that orders are
completed in a timely and cost effective rnanner by preventing the release of problem orders.
Problern orders are those which are infeasible due to problems in capacity, t w h g or
material avadability-
(4) L o d leveIUrg: This tries CO Ievei the capacity utilkation over time by smoothing out the
peaks and vaiieys in load on the shop floor. This smoothhg is achieved by controlling the
cime at which orden are actualiy released to the sbop floor. Orciers may be held back in an
"order release pooIU.
![Page 25: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
The Comuonents of the Framework
ORR functions are achieved via coordination ktween four major components:
(1) The order release pool,
(2) The shop floor.
(3) The planuing system,
(4) The information system, linking the planning system, the shop floor and the order
release pool.
2.2.3.2.1 The order release pool
The order release pool contains ail the jobs which have been released by the planning system
to the shop floor conuol system but have not yet been released to the shop floor. Thus the
order release pool is a storage area for these unreleased orders, and is also an indicator of free
capacity available since an hcrease in the size of the order release pool indicates some
capacity shortage in the shop. The pool is managed by specifying the timing convenrion,
triggering mechanism and order selecrion rule _goverthg the release of orden h m the pool
to the shop floor.
The timing convention determines when a release can occur. In the case of continuous
release. a job can be released at any time when the system is operative. On the other han&
for a bucketed timing convention. a releast can take place only at some periodic tirne
instants.
The mggering mechanism determines, without violation of the timing convention, when a
release acmaiiy should cake place. There are three kinds of triggers possible: (a) pool-based
Tb) shop-based and (c) pool and shop based. With apool-based tngger. the time of reIease
of a job from the order reiease pool is dependent only on the information about the jobs in
![Page 26: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
11
the pool, while in the case of a shop-bosed m e r , the release of work is based on current
conditions on the shop floor, According to the third kind of trisering mechanism, a job c m
be released on the basis of information on both the pool and the shop floor.
Whenever the timing convention and triggering mechanism allow an order release to take
place. it is necessary to select which job is CO be teleased via the order selection rule which
can be either local or global. A seiection d e is very similar to a dispatching nile. A local
selection mie selects a job by stnctly using information about the jobs in the pool, while a
dobal selection d e uses information not oniy from the pool but also fiom the shop - conditions.
2.2.3.2.2 The shop floor
Order Review and Reiease in essence attempts to balance the load released to the shop floor
against the available capacity on the shop fioor. This requires information describing current
load and capacity conditions on the shop floor. This information can be presented in the form
of total shop load or in the form of load by work centre. in the former case, the load is
reponed as one measure and no information is supplied on how the load is distributed over
different work centers. When the Ioad inforaution is presented as a dismbution over the
work centers, the total work Ioad is broken down and reported by work center.
in the presentation of Ioad information, two basic approaches can be foiiowed regarding
time. One is the instuntaneous load approach and the other is the load profie approach. In
the former case. a snapshot of the shop load at a particular time is used and in the later case.
load is reported as the amount of load per period of tirne over a given tirne horizon. e.g. a
shift or a week.
![Page 27: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
2.2.3.2.3 The planning system
An important aspect of the ORR process is the flow of orders fmm the planning system to
the order release pooI. The planning system generates the schedule of planned order releases
which implicitiy identifies the future demands on shop capacity. There are two issues which
are important in the use of this schedule. ûne is scheduk visibilizy and the other is schedule
feasibility, Schedule visibiliry is the amount of information given to ORR about future
planneci order releases. When ORR is infomed of only those orders which are mature in the
current period of tirne, it is said thar the schedule visibility is limited. On the other hand, in
the case of mended visibility. ORR is informed about both the releases in the current p e r d
and in periods some distance into the future. This latter type of visibiüty heips identification
and anaiysis of both the current and funire demands on shop-floor resources.
Melnyk and Carter ( 1987) consider two types of schedulefeasibiliry referred to as controlled
and uncontrolled. An uncontrolled scheduie is one which is prepared without evahating the
period-to-period feasibility, and a conrrolled schedule is one which is prepared after
evaiuating the period-to-period capacity feasibiiity (Le. checking that demand is less than
capacity).
2.2.3.2.4 The information system
As per Meinyk and Carter (1987). the information system, the fourth component of the ORR
system, Links the planning system. ORR and the shop floor. Factors reflecting the quaiity of
information that may have effects on the performance of ORR are rimeliness, accuracy and
complereness. Timeliness is the speed with which changes are reflected in Ehe information
suppiied to ORR. in practice. there is always a delay between a change and when it appears
in the database. The accuracy and complereness are aiso affited by the information system.
The information system may i n d u c e ermrs to the data or omit important data As accuracy
deteriorates, the effitiveness of ORR also must worsen.
![Page 28: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
M e n these four components viz. the order release pool, the shop noor, the pptanning systern
and the informarion system are combine4 the entire span of decisions involving ORR is
defïned.
23 Pros and Cons of Input Control
Althouefi input conuol of work load has the potential to solve some of the crucial problems
in the management of manufacturing, the approach is not free fiom criticism. These
criticisms are addressed in detail under category (h) of section 7.4 which reviews the existing
titerature in detail.
There are a number of imrnediate benefits of ORR which are readily avdable and upon
which most researches agree. Some of those which were tisted by Lingayar et ai. (199 1) are
as follows:
it controls the level of WIP, by moving the queues from the shop flmr to the order
re1ease pool. Shifting the queue to the pool may give the system added fiexibility by
delayinp the Iatest date for canceilation of. or changes eo an order and aiso, it reduces
the physical congestion on the shop floor.
It serves as a screening process, since it does not release an order unuI alI the
information and resources for processing the order are avaiiable.
It provides asirnple mechanism to handle the important (so called "hotw) orders since
it decides which order to release to the shop flwr.
It works as an indicator of capacity availability. A large inmase in the çize of the
order p l may point to problems with capacity on the shop floor.
in addition. Ragat. and Mabert (1988) commented that compelling reasms exLst for not
releasing jobs as they are received, even when material is avaiIable and aii PR-production
![Page 29: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
activities have been completed. Parts deiivered to the finished stockrwm or to the assembly
floor long before they are needed tie up unnecessary capital. Moreover, parts on hand tw
soon rnay disappear, rnay be damaged by excessive handling or may occupy valuable space
too long. In addition, jobs released CO the shop floor too early will compete for resources
(machine tirne) with more urgent jobs and may interfere with the progress of those jobs.
2.4 A Detailed Review of Relevant Literature
The literanue on input control is plentifui. According to Wiiner (1995), "LeGrande (1963)
was perhaps the earliest author to urilize a delayed release mechanism in his experiments,
who used finite forward loading as the order release de ." Ackerman ( 1963), during the sarne
period, reponed research where the author experimented with a dynamic job shop, where he
used simple backward infinite loading (HL) to determine release dates and to plan ovenime.
In other early research, Harty (1969) identified the bottleneck resources and controlled the
release of work to the shop so as not to overload these resources. In ail of these early research
works, the importance of order release has ken recognized and considered as a vital
component of shop flwr control. So, the importance of delayed and judicious release of
orders is clearly not. in isolation. a new concept.
However, Wight (1970) is probably the most weii-known author h m the 1970s to realize
the importance of input control and to advocate for serious consideration of inputIoutput
control within production pianning and conml systerns. He suggested the simple principle
of workload conml which says that work should not be added to the shop at a rate that
exceeds shop capacity, Le. the rate at which work can be completed.
To date. it is possible to £ind a large body of research works focusing on different aspects of
inputIoutput conml. In the following tex& a number of such works are highlighted, grouped
into eight categories according to their underlyiug theme. Some of the order release d e s that
![Page 30: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
are addressed by different authors as mentioned below, have been briefly described in
Appendix A, although the list therein is not an exhaustive one.
The research Iiterature will be described under the following categories:
General discussion. overview, and perspective of ORR,
Interaction between order release decisions and other activities on the shop
floor e.g. pnority dispatching, due date se thg d e s etc..
Interaction between ORR and the planning system,
ORR by connohg the workload on the bottleneck machine,
ORR by controlling the arriva1 process,
ORR viewed as a step towards JTT,
ORR by conûolling the output,
Cnacism against ORR.
(a) General discussion. overview. and ~ers~ect ive of ORR
The research papers that are available in this category are mady general discussions of
ORR. Some of them surveyed existing research in ORR and at least a couple of them
conmbuted towards building a framework of ORR. The most ~ i ~ c a n t articIes are Melnyk
and Carter ( 1987)- Mehyk ( 1988), Melnyk and Ragaa (1988. 1989), Melnyk et al. (1994b),
Wisner (1995). Land and Gaalman (1996), and Bergamaschi er ai. (1997).
Melnyk and Carter ( 1987) is the fmt research which conmbuted an overail framework of
ORR. This has k e n previously discussed, in detail. above. It reveals different components
of ORR. and is important in the sense that it indicates possïbIe areas where practitioners can
focus their attention to irnprove the effecxiveness of ORR. This framework is fundamental
in its nahm and has k n foiiowed and reiterated in subsequent work e.g, Melnyk (1988),
Mehyk and Ragatz (1988,1989), and partly by Bergamas~hi er al. (1997).
![Page 31: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
Melnyk (1988) diçcussed ORR issues in the broad context of production control. The author
evaluated the statu of research in ORR and commented that there bas been very linie
research to date on ORR systerns in environments which are characterized by long time
horizon. extended schedule visibility and smwthed pIanned Ioad. He also envisaged that
order release has CO play a far more important role in the case of flexible manufacturing
systems and _mup iechnology based work cells than in the case of job shop environments
and that there has been little research done so far in this direction.
Wisner (1995) is the first survey paper on ORR research. The author categorized the order
release poiicies into finire loading techniques (i.e. orden are released when the shop or
machine loadings are less than the desired loadings) and hfznite louding techniques (Le.
orders are reieased at a predetermined release dare. regardless of cunent shop or machine
loadings). He M e r subdivided each of them into fonvord and backward loading
techniques. He also presented various characterisucs of the simulation-based ORR research
in a tabular form. The paper concluded with some directions for further research.
Bergamaschi et al. ( 1997) is a comparatively more ment and uptodate review of existing
ORR research. In this paper. the authors presented a general smcture of ORR. a licerature
review, a framework and a critical andysis of ORR rnethods. They also suggested some
funire research paths. Ei@t main dimensions were considered in this framework that
describe the fundamental principles. characteristics and logic of exisllng ORR techniques.
) Interaction between order release decisions and other activities on the shop floor es .
priorirv dis~atchinn. - due date settinn d e s etc.
Researchers have studied the interaction of order release decisions with other functions of
scheduhg such as due date setting and priority dispatching. Among them, the noted ones
are Ackerrnan ( 19631, irastom and Deane (1974), Adam and Sinkis (1977), Bertrand
(1983b), Shimoyashiro et al- (I984), Morton et al, (1988), Ragaa and Mabert (1988),
![Page 32: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Meinyk and Ragaa (1989). Park and Bobrowski (1989), Bobrowski and Park (1989),
Mahmoodi er al. (19%). h e d and Fisher (1992), Melnyk et al. ( 1994a, 1994b), Ashby and
Uzsoy (1995).
Xckerman (1963) compared severaI "even-flow" scheduling d e s (which are combinations
of BIL reIease and one of three due date oriented dispatch policies). with iMR and four
dispatch policies in a job shop sentng. He found that even-fiow mies provided higher
reliability in on-time completion than any other d e s involving IMR. in this snidy, the
necessary adjustment of the shop capacity was aliowed.
irastoaa and Deane ( 1974) devised an algorithmic procedure for loading and releasing work
to a job shop environment. This d e is fundamentally a FFL rule with the objective king to
conuol and balance workloads among the machine centers. The importance of shop balance
is justified and several mesures of performance are derived. They found that their FFL d e
outperforrned IMR when paired with the dispatch d e s Dynamic Slack per Operation
(DSOP) and Shortest Processing T i e (SPT), in terms of several workioad-oriented
performance rneasures such as Machine Work Balance Index (m), Shop Work Balance
Index (SWB), Machine Queue Balance Index (QW), Aggregate Desirrd Loading Deviation
( 5 1, WiP (in hours) eu. For rhe definitions of these meanues. please see Appndix A.
Adam and Surkis (1977) studied a d ~ a m i c capacity planning approach in a job shop
environment with six work centers. which views the shop as a dpamic statistical system.
taking into account the expected congestion that a job might encounter as it proceeds through
the shop. They compared it with BFL and BIL. The study showed that the dynamic approach
is beaer than BFL which is in rum better than BIL in terms of average lateness and the
number of tardy jobs. ïhey tested these in conjnnction with two dispatch des.
Bertrand (I983b) mdied the performance of a work load dependent scheduling and due date
assi-ment rule ttirough cornputer simulation. The rule used Mie-phased work load
![Page 33: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
information and the-phased capacity information. The two releasing methods considered
in this research were random release and a coatrolied release to niaintain a specifîc work load
n o m The results showed that tirne-phased workioad information rnay decrease the variance
in lateness as compared with tirne-aggregated (i-e. non-tirne-phased) infornation only. It was
shom that by selecting appropriate parameter values, both a constant mean lateness and a
smaU variance of Iateness cm be obtained with this type! of assignment rule.
Shimoyashiro et al. ( 1984) studied order release methods in a job shop, based on the work
load balance across machines and across time periods simdtaneously and also considering
the Limitation of the work input into the shop. They compared FFL and IMR using MSOP
and FCFS dispatching and found that FFL outperformed IMR in a i i cases in terms of
machine utilization, flow time. and job lateness.
Morton et al. (1988) used a cost-based performance measure to compare a dynamic FFL
heuristic wich eight other combinations of release and dispatch des, in different shop floor
confi,ourations and found tbat the controlled release heuristic perfonned bener than other
policy combinations.
Ragatz and Mabert ( 1988) evaiuated five releasing mechaniSm and four dispatching niles
under three Ievels of due-date tighmess, shop cost stnicture. and machine utilization using
simulatioo. In this paper. the five mechanisms that were tested were IMM. BIL, LW MNJ,
BFL ïhe four dispatching d e s that were considered were FCFS. SR. EDD, and CR. The
results of this study showed that controliing the release of work to the shop flwr in a job
shop system can substantially improve the performance of the system in ternis of total shop
cost jobs on the s h p floor, deviation from due dates. and job queue times. The totai cost
consists of lare delivery cost and holding cost for both work in progres and finished-goods
inventory. In this snidy, the smng performance of the MIL d e suggested that both
information about the characteristics of the job and about current shop congestion can be
usefui in setting rdease dates. The total cost performance of BFL varied but the sensitivity
![Page 34: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
analysis showed that under lower levels of utilization or Iower lateness cost to holding cost
ratios. BFL can provide very good results.
Melnyk and Ragatz ( 1989) examined the ORR funcuon and its impact on the operation of
the shop floor. They attempted to provide a betrer undersmding of this element by
presenting a lramework for ORR. This paper also explored the relationship between ORR
and job dispatching rhrough a computer simulation rnodeL The results showed that the
presence of an order release mechanism can have a significant effect on the performance of
the production system. The use of either the WCEDD or AGGWNQ release mechanisms,
when compared to the NORR, resulted in poorer performance in ternis of the delivery
performance measutes: however the use of either WCEDD or AGGWNQ resulted in better
performance when evaiuated using the W P and workload bdance measures. Another
conclusion identified by the snidy was that while connoihg order release may not reduce
the totai Unie an order spends in the system. it does influence where the order spends its
waiting rime.
Park and Bobrowski ( 1989) examined the role of labour flexibility in conjunction with the
shop's abiiity to regdate the type and number of jobs active on the shop floor for processing.
The release mechanisms that regulate the jobs on the shop floor considered both job and shop
information in determining the job release cime. Two release mechanisms with three labour
fiexibility and two labour assignment rules were sirnulated in this study using two Ievels of
job due date Bghtuess. ResuIts showed that there was no statîstically sitnificant ciifference
in the performance using finite loading and infinite Ioading release mechanisms.
In another paper. Bobrowski and Park (1989) snidied the effects of several release
mechanismi on the performance of a dual resource constnked job shop. Four release
mechanisms were tested in conjunction with two dynamic. due date oriented dispatching
d e s . The job shop environment was specified by two IeveIs of due date tïghtness. A Iabour
and machine itmited job shop mode1 was used to simulate the shop performance. For the dual
![Page 35: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
resource constrained job shop. the research indicated that release mechanisms deveIoped
initially for the machine constrained shop are applicable and produce significant performance
improvements over an immediate releast mie.
Mahmoodi et al. ( 1990) studied a controiied cornparison of three order releasing and two due
date assigrnent heuristics (in one due &te is internally set. wMe in the other it is set
extemaiiy) in conjunction with six scheduiing heuristics in a cellular manufacturing
envuonment. In the controlled release mechanism. the release rime for an order is estimated
by subtracting a flow time estimate of the order from its due date. The Bow tinie of the order
is cdcuiated as the sum of the total processing rime of the order and a weighted total number
of jobs on the route of the order. Results showed that controiled release deteriorates flow
urne. lateness. and tardiness performance and was inferior to both immediate and interval
release. Under the mechanism of intexval release, ali jobs were released CO the shop every
four hours. Conwlled release seemed to work best in the case of low load and ught due
dates. haiysis of different dispatching rules showed the relative performance remained
unchanged by the presence of different order release mechanisms. Comparison of internally
and extemaiiy set due date mechanisms indicated simpler. nondue date oriented heuristics
demonstrated as good a performance as the more complex due date oriented heuristics when
shop mformation was uulized to assign job due dates. The authors Cound that in a
manufacniring ceii, the use of shop flwr information was effective for due date assi_enment.
but was not wonhwhile for order releasing. The poor performance of controiied order
release. according to the authors. can be overcome by more accurate and precise estimation
of Bow tirne. and more effective releasing mechanisms.
Ahmed and Fisher (1992) studied the interaction between due date assignment, job order
release d e s and sequencing d e s . The authors used a dynamic five-machine job shop in
which early shipments are prohibited. Performance of the system was meamrd primarily in
tenns of the total cost (Le. WiP cost, finished goods holding cost, and Iate penaky cost)
incurred by the shop. The resuits support existence of a three way interaction between the
![Page 36: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
due date, release, and sequencuig procedures as well as an interaction between shop
utiiization and different cornbinations.
in a comparatively recent study, Meinyk et al. (1994a) experimented with a situation where
the tirne interval between two successive releases is sampled h m a distribution and studied
the impact of Mereut types of distribution as well as the variation of parameters within the
same type, on shop performance. ï h e authors performed a simulation study of a random job
shop with a full factorial experimental design and demonstrated that the type of distribution
does affect the performance. Moreover. this research conciuded that the performance of the
shop floor is affecteci by the way the orders are released by the planning system.
Melnyk er al. (1994b) studied the combined effect of variance conml (variance created in
the planning systern through uneven Ioad and &O in the shop floor through varying process
times of the released batches), ORR and dispatching d e s in a simulated job shop. The
authors carried out a full factorial expriment with two types of job release by the planning
system (vk. one is as-is and the other one is with smoofhing peaks and valleys of weekly
loads planned to be released). two ORR mechauisms (vit immediate release and load lirnited
release). two levels of process Ume dismbution (exponential and uniform with identicai
rnean process tirne for each disaïbution) and five dispatching d e s (vk. FCFS. Sm, MINSLK. S/OPN. CRR). The authors found that the presence of variance control at both the
planning and shop flwr levels can _oreatiy enhance che effectiveness of ORR and also if used
effectively, variance control cm p l y reduce the need for a complex dispatching d e .
&hby and Uzsoy (1995) repurted on the development of a number of scheduling policies
inte--ring order release. p u p schedubg, and order sequencing for a _mup technology ceIl
in the presence of sequencedependent senip times and dynamic job amvals. Resulw show
that the new xheduhg policies. which consider setup tirnes as weii as due dates in both
order release and job sequencing decisions. substantially improve due date performance.
![Page 37: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
(c) Interaction between ORR and the ~lannino svstem
There are interactions between the planning system and the ORR decisions. In this line of
research. there are not many research works available. Wisner (1995) has mentioned two of
them. They are by O'Grady and &oza (1987) and Melnyk et al. (199 1 ) .
O'Grady and Azoza (1987) used an order release policy based on the weighted sum of the net
excess srockover the planning period and a workload smoothing value for each job. The jobs
were Ioaded to the shop in the current planning period in the ascending order of the above
mentioned weighted sum untiI a value of upper input workioad for the current pend was
reached. The weights were varied and combined with FCFS and SPT dispatching at various
levels of shop loading, and an optimal weight for the rekase function was found using total
cost as a performance measure. W e computing the net excess stock for the current period,
WIP. present stock levek. expected demand and safety stock are taken into account. So a
release decision integrates the essential hc t ions of production planning on a job to job
basis. The aurhon proposed three different expressions for the workload smoothing value
and Left the choice as a topic of furcher research-
Melnyk et al. (1991) examine4 through a cornputer simulation of a random job shop, how
smoothhg by the planning system can improve system performance and enhance the effects
of ORR. The authors tested the system with Poisson input when each job was assigned adue
date on its arrivai whicti is equal to the sum of its arriva1 tirne and its weighted total
estimated work content. Smoothing was done by dehning a maximum and a minimum
amount of work that the pianning systern is ailowed to send to the shop floor in each
planning period. The closer these two limits are. the smoother is the input of work to the
shop. This amount of work was then released to the shop or was temporarily held back in the
order release pool by the existing order release mechanism for further smoothing of load on
the shop floor. The "filtering" mecbisms of the pI;tnning system smoothing and ORR have
a complementary impact on the system,, with smoothing working to reduœ flow time and
![Page 38: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
flow time variabiiity and ORR working to reduce WiP and W P variabiIicy. The combination
of smoothing with ORR. results in shoner and more consistent kad times, Iower and more
stable WIP leveb and better delivery performance, which results in a very stable and
predictable system. The smdy &O shows that the combined effect of smoothing and ORR
can improve the performance of simple shop Eioor dispatching d e s iike fmt-corne-first-
s e ~ e d to the pint where &ey are cornpetitive with more sophisticated due dare-oriented
d e s .
(d) ORR bv controihv the workload on the bottleneck machine
A number of researchers have considered the release of orders by examining the condition
of bonleneck machines.
Glassey and Resende (1988) inuoduced a bonleneck order reiease suacegy which seeks to
avoid starving bottIeneck machines by ensuring reIease of jobs as the work content for the
bottleneck falls beIow certain levels. It had the objective of hi& botùeneck utilizatioa and
Iow inventory. They tested several combinations of release and dispatcb policies and found
their release algorithm to perform the best.
Wein (1988) tested iMR (with Poisson and deterministic inter-arriva1 times). cIosed ioop
input, and workload reguiating input in combination with fouteen lot sequencing d e s for
several different modeIs of a wafer fab. In the case of closed lwp input, the number of lots
in the system is kept constant, whereas in the case of workioad regulating input, a lot is
released into the system wttenever the total amornt of reremaining work in the system for any
bottieneck station fdis below a prescribed level. Rwuits show that schedubg has a
signXmt impact, with Iarger improvements coming h m discretionary input conml than
h m lot sequencing d e s . Workioad regulaihg inputs performed the best. He concluded that
in an environment where control over inputs can be exercised, the biggest improvements c m
be achieved thmugh input conwl.
![Page 39: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Roderick et al. (1992) snidied the concept of operating a factory at constant W. They
considered random processing times with various shop sizes and o d e s having s M a r and
disshilar routings. The authors investigated four order release strategies, of which the fmt
cwo were a constant WIP order release strategy and a bottleneck strategy, wwtiich were
developed with the help of characteristic curves, defining the relationship between W and
the rate of production. The bottleneck strategy was simiIar to the "starvation avoidance"
policy of Glassey and Resende (1988). The third strategy matched order rdease to those
orders completing production over prior cime periods and the fourth strategy fixed order
release at a desired level of production output. Among these four the constant WIP and the
bottieneck strate3 perfomed better under a wide variety of shop conditions, although the
bonleneck strategy couid never outperform the constant WIP suategy.
Philipoorn et al. ( 1993) investigated the performance of capacity-sensitive ORR procedures
in job shop environments. The authors proposed a capacity sensitive ORR procedure caiied
path-based bottieneck (PBB) and compared it with modified infinite loading (ML). Their
PBB procedure is based on lirniting the flow of work to those machines which are capacity
constrained, and likely to become bottienecks in the near future. Results showed that PBB
worked well in lowering total costs when the due date was tight. wWe MIL was a bener
procedure wirh relatively Ioose to medium due dates tightness.
A similar conceptuai approach was also implemented by Melnyk and Ragatz (1989) with
heir WCEDD and AGGWNQ models. as mentioned earlier.
(e) ORR bv controiiing the amval urocess
There has been some research where the arriva1 process itself is controiIed by deciding if an
incoming order from the customer will be accepteci or rejected. Since amanufacturing system
can be weU represented as a queuing system, the research in queuing theory is relevant in the
case of rnantxfacniring systems. Models h m queuing theory are now widely recognized as
![Page 40: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
usefui aids toward understanding and conaolhg congestion wtiile maintainhg throughput
in many production, service and ~ m t i o n system
in a bibliography of research on optimal design and conml of queues, Crabill et al. { 1977)
iisted a wide variety of research in queuing theory spanning across six bmad categories. In
this paper. five types of possible conuol of the arrival process are mentioned which are as
A facility exercising an extreme conuol of accepring or rejecting customers.
This amounts to changing the arrival rate h m its normal level (accept) to
level zero (reject).
A facility exercising an intermediate conno1 on the amval process (e.g. by
altering the mean arrivai rate), with al astomers accepte&
Customes themselves making the decision of accepting or rejecting the enny
to the queue (by reacting to certain pricing policy or tous or to estimates of
system congestion).
Cuscomen optimizinp their own individual objectives against opumizing
social or group goals. In this category, research attempts to develop a pricing
rnechanism that induces customers to act in a sociaiiy optimal m e r .
C o n m i h g the decision when a system should no Ionger accept custorners
i.e. when to "close down" operation.
ï h e authors cited several references for the exneme type of conmI as mentioned viz.
Lippman (1975). Lippman and Ross (1971), MiIIer (19691, Scott (1969, 1970).
In a more ment study, Stidham (1985) also reviewed the researcb on optimal conuol of
admission to aqueue, He reviewed both static [open-hop) and dynamic (closed-loop) models
for controI of admission to a queuing system. The main empbasis was ou the ciifference
between socidy optirmi and Îndividuaily opumal conmk.
![Page 41: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
A l of this research work on controlling the admission into queue(s) involves simple
anal_vtical smdies and is unable to handle the complexity of real manufacturing systems. On
the experimentai side, Wester et al. (1992), ten Kate (1994) and Phïiipoom and Fry (1992)
report simulation-based research on arriva1 process controi. This research was motivated by
the inadequacy of the delayed order release strategy to improve deiivery performance in
make-twrder manufacturing systems. The experimental mearchers in the area of WLC
have realized only relatively recently the importance of controiling the arrivai process irself-
In fact, they did this as a last mort, only after thoroughly examining the constrained order
release strategy (while accepting al1 orders), because rejecting an order means cenainiy
Iosing the possible profit from the order and possibly tarnishing the manufacturer's goodwiii.
They understood that rejecting some orders is the ouly solution in a rnake-tomder
environment where capacity is fmed and due dates of orders cannot be manipulated.
Wester et al. (1992) experirnented with a make-to-order multi-product single machine
m a n u f a c h g system to smdy the interdependence between order acceptance, production
pianning and scheduiing. The authors investigated the level of information needed as a basis
for a good acceptance decision. They explored k e basic approaches to accept an order. In
the monolithic approach. the acceptance decision is based on detailed informaiion on a
current production schedule for ail formerly accepted orders. In the hierarcttic approach, the
acceptance strategy is based on a global capacity load profile only, while detailed scheduling
of accepted orders &es place at a Iower level. In the myapic approacfi the acceptance
decision is similar to the one in the hierarchic approach, but the scheduhg is myopic in the
sense that once the machine becomes ide only the next order to be pruduced is actuaiiy
scheduied. The expriment showed that the differences between the performance of these
three approaches are small. The slightly better performance of the monolithic approach was
due to the selective acceptance rnechanism impiicitiy present in the case of a heavy
workload-
ten Kate (1994) cornpared two coordination mechanisms between production and d e s
![Page 42: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
activities viz. a hierarchical approach and an integrated approach. In the hierarchical
approach the scheduiing function and the order acceptance approach are separated and the
oniy information which is shared is the agpregate information on the workload The decision
whether or not to accept an order is based on aggregate characteristics of the set of already
accepted orders. The production schedde is periodicdly updated for the orders accepted
recentiy. In the inregrared approach order acceptance and production scheduiing are
integrated. The decision whether or not to accept an order is taken by determining a good
production schedule which includes the new order. The researcher compared both the
approaches in an experimental setting and conchded that for most of the situations there is
relatively little difference between the two approaches. M y for severe situations i.e. short
lead rimes. hi@ utilization rate, does the integrated approach outperform the hierarchicd
approach.
Philipoom and Fry (1992) studied capaciry-based ORR strategies. They simulated a
manufacnuing facility which was a hybrid job-shop comprised of twelve machines grouped
into five work centers. En this research, the assumption that al1 ordea received by a shop will
in fact be accepted was relaxed- Three rnethods to determine whether or not to accept an
order were tested in this research. ResuIts suggested that considerauon of shop loads was
berter than random rejection in determining whether an order should be accepted or rejected
by the shop. The expriment showed that rejecting a small percentage of the h v i n g work
can result ia dramatic improvements in shop performance. The study also suggests hat an
order review methodology based on path Ioads is more effective than one based on aggregate
Ioad in the entire shop.
Wouters (1997), aiso makes a conmbuüon in this area by discussing the economic
considerations for order acceptance. Only those costs are relevant in order acceptance, which
would be avoidable if the order is not accepted (incremental costs plus oppominity costs).
The author noted that in practice it is difficuit to apply the concepts of reIevant costs to
practicai order acceptance decisions. The production pianning and control funaïon can
![Page 43: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
28
provide some of the information that is required for caiculating the relevant costs invotved
in a particuiar order acceptance decision. This information concerns capacity cost behavior
(to cdcuIate incrementai costs) and planned capacity utilization (to caiculate opportunity
costs). Moreover, the author suggests that to assess the reliability of these caiculations, the
information on planned versus actuai capacity utiiization, planned versus actual cost behavior
and on the variation of contribution mareoins can help.
(f) ORR viewed as a steD towards JiT
Some mearchers have viewed ORR as a step towards implementing JiT. Among them
Spearman et al. (1990), Lingayat et al. (1991), Spearman and Zazanis (1992) deserve
mention.
Spearman et al. (1990) proposed a 'hybrid' pusWpull system that would maintain constant
WIP. Jobs are pulied into the system by the completion of any job and are pushed from one
machine to another, which mates a constant W P system.
Lingayat et al. ( 199 1) pointed out that an order release mechanism provides a simple method
of implementing a near pull system by controiling the flow of raw materiai. The
characteristic of the order reiease mechanism v k to hold on to the orders in the form of raw
mareriais untii needed by someone dowu the Iine, is a feam similar to a JiT system. The
oniy difference is releases are controiied oniy at the raw materiai stage. The authors
supported their view by a simulation study of a flexible multi-product flow system in a make-
twrder environment. They developed an order release mechanism which released a set of
successive jobs in the order release pool starting from the head of the pool, whenever the
total workioad of orders in the set reached a desired value. This vaiue was defined as the
minimum operation load for a particular batch process of the system, The orders in the order
release pool were arranged in a non-increasing order of their workloads. It was aiso ensureci
that an order is not held back for more than a specined amount of rime- The results showed
![Page 44: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
that the mean time spent on the shop floor and its standard deviation were signiticantly less
when using their order release mechanism. Also the maximum time spent on the shop floor
was at least 50% less. However, the total time in the system went up for some order types.
Spearman and Zazanis (1992) compared a "puli" system with a "push" system and
commented that the pull system is bener because the puil system produces less congestion
and it is easier to control. Also, the benefits of a puii environment owe more to the fact that
WfP is bounded than to the practice of ''puiiing" everywhere. They ais0 identified a bybrid
control snategy called "CONWIP", that has push and puil characteristics and outperfonns
both pure push and pure pull systerns.
(g) OFüt bv conuolling the outuut
Controlling the lead time can be achieved in yet another way Le. through the conuol of shop
production capacity. Hendry and Kingsman (1991) implemented a conuol system in which
input, in tenns of orders released to the shop. and output, in terms of capacity, are conuolled
at the same time.
Onur and Fabrycky ( 1987) presented acombined inputIoutput control system for periodicaiiy
determinhg the set of jobs to be released and the capacities of processing centres in a
dynamic job shop, so that a composite cost function is minimized. An interactive heuristic
optimization algorithm incorporahg a mixed integer program was formulated. The resulting
control system was compared by simulation with an altemate system for which only the input
was subject to control. Results showed that signincant improvements were achieved in the
overail performance (in terms of cost) under hi& shop congestion, but not in the situation
when the shop was lightly loaded. Significant improvements were also achieved for the mean
80w tirne, flow cime variance, mean tardiness, tardiness variance. and WIP inventory levels.
Hendry and Wong (1994) examined three order reIease d e s . Two of the mechanisms
![Page 45: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
assume that the set of jobs to be released is given and the capacity of the resources cannot
be adjusted, whiIe the third d e can adjust capacity as soon as new jobs are entered into the
system and released to the shop floor. Their simulation study showed that the latter rule is
the best one under delivery performance and workload measures, but does not do so weii
under a workload balance measure.
Liugayat et al. (1995) reported on an order release mechanism applied to a flexible
manufacturing systern. Here the rule noi oniy decides which order to release and when to
reiease it. but also detemines the rouung of the order. This mechanism has been compared
CO the CONWIP approach, and they found that the mechanism in question not oniy improves
the mean shop flow Ume under aü load conditions. but also reduces the variance of this
measure. The system ffow time dso decreases at hi@ load levels. They suggested that the
choice of an order release mechanism is more important than the choice of a dispatching nile.
(h) Criticisrn acainst ORR
The ORR approach is not free of criticism and its positive impact has been challenged by
several researchers.
Input control ce&y reduces the manufacturing lead Ume (i.e. the cime the job actually
spends on the shop floor) of a job. but as Melnyk and Ragau (1989) found, this reduction
may be more than offset by the tirne spent in the order reIease pool, which is a pre-shop
queue. So the introduction of order release mechanisms rnight not reduce customer order
lead rime or system flow time (i-e. the t h e the order spends in the system from its
acceptance und it exits from the system), but rather it might shift the queue tinie from the
shop to the order release pool.
Moreover. as Baker (2984) noted aittiough input contrd sueamiines the flow of work on the
shop floor and makes scheduIing easier, it also n q rnake scheduiing less effective. In
![Page 46: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
particular, any scheme that restncts the set of jobs avaiiable for scheduiing wiii remove some
options that would oherwise &e avaiiable. At the mugin, this kind of restrktion can cause
some deterioration in schedule performance. He experimented with a simplified single
machine simulation model and presented a the-part conno1 system consisting of due date
assignment. order releasing decision, and dispatching decision. The results showed that
modified due-date priorities perform more effectively than other priority ruies when
performance is measured by average tardiness. Moreover. the experiments indicate thai
performance under the modined due-date is not improved by the use of input control. On the
contrary, with dispatching ruies that rely on shortest-fint or critical ratio properties, the
experiments indicate that input control is not always advantageous.
Bertrand (1983a 1983b) has reinforced this criticism by showing that some ORR techniques
can lead to long delays in the pre-shop pool such that the overail system flow time may be
increased for some ordes.
Kanet (1 988) aiso exarnined the performance of a shop floor with load-limited order release
such that whenever the inventory of work at a work center exceeds some critical value,
further release of orders which are routed to that work center is prohibited. After the
inventory is processed, release of work to the shop is again aiiowed, The author reported a
cornparison between analyticai resdts for an W l queuing model, dong with existïng
simulation studies of mdti-machine job shops. Resulu showed that system flow time,
inventory, and tardiness dl deteriorate to the extent that Ioad Iimits introduce idle Srne into
the schedule. The author advised caution when implernenting input connol at any work
center other than a ,weway station lie. the b t station on the route of an order). He
concluded that. whiIe ORR may reduce the the an order spends on the shop floor, it rnight
not reduce the overail systern flow time, when the waiting time in the order reIease pool is
aIso counted. He also cornmenteci that the usage of ORR strategies, MpIemented CO reduce
the customer dehvery time. might have the oppsite effect
![Page 47: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
The fact that the overall system flow time cannot be reduced by the ORR mechanism alone,
has also been supported by Melnyk and Ragatz (1988) and by Meinyk et al. (1994b).
Mehyk et al. ( 1994b) med to resolve this dilemma around ORR by defining the applicability
and role of ORR techniques. They concluded that:
"The performance of an ORR system is strongiy dependent on the presence
of variance control at both the planning and the shop floor level. One way of
understanding the activity of an ORR mechanism is simply as a filter and a
fme-tuning mechanism which essentidy decouples the planning system from
the shop flwr and its performance."
Fredendall and Melnyk (1995) tned to further clarify whether or not ORR mechanisms can
be of benefit. They reported in their smdy that:
"ORR systems do reduce the variance of performance measures, and they do
have a direct impact on system performance. However they are not the
dominant variables in the shop. Rather, they modify the performance of the
planning system that ultimately generates the schedules. As a result, their
performance is highly dependent on the performance of the planning system.
As such. ORR mechanisms can be best described as king partial rnediating
variables. Consequently, ORR mechanisms shouid not be viewed in isolation
from the planning environment in which they are used."
Thus. if the order release pool is exposed to high variability of workioad, ORR cannot release
a i i of the work and waiting time in the order reIease pool increases. Sirnilady when the
variance of the shop floor is hi$, ORRbecomes overwhelmed. This suggests that there may
be a specïfic range of variance witbia which ORR works effectively.
![Page 48: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Motivation for the Present Researcb
In ment years, academicians and mearchers in the area of manufacniring system conuol
have been able to identifv more conuoiiable variables than ever before.
"For example, with the advent of beuer capacity planning systems such as
Capacity Requirement Planning (CRP), we can influence the loads released
to the shop by identimng and managing any peaks and valleys in the load.
We cm also affect the rate and mix of work released to the shop floor
through the use of Order Review/Release (ORR). Finally. we can also reduce
the variability in process rimes on the shup floor through the use of
techniques such as Singie Minute Exchange of Dies (SIV(ED) (Shingo, 1985)
and lut-In-Time Manufacturing (JT) practices." (Melnyk n aL. 1994b)
in eariier thes , these variables were tfiought ro be beyond the control of management and
hence the Freedom to manipulate the activities of boch the planning and conml of the
manufacnuing system was restricted. As Eilon et ai. (1975) pointed out, " if the arriva1 of
jobs. their processing requirernents. and the operathg facihies are given. the only control
parameter at the disposal of the schedder is ... the order in wùich the job should be
processed." The _mwing awareness regarding these broder conml options has produced
a large number of research p p n concenring different aspects of delayed and judicious order
release in the last two decades. But this obviously did not solve the problem except providing
partial benefits as mentioned in section 3.3.
As pointed out by Melnyk et al. ( 1994b) and as has ken already mentioned in the previous
section. the incapability of the order release rnechanism aione to d u c e the system flow rime
makes it necessary to have a gwd planning system which feeds orciers into the order release
pool with low variability. If the order release mechanism is exposed to the extemai dynamics
of order arrivais then the order release pool will most UeIy be overloaded at times by the
![Page 49: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
incoming orden, since the orders are going to wait for release due to capacity shortage during
that time period. However sophisticated the order release d e may be, the order release pool
wiIi not be able to release the waiting orden unless the required capacity is again availabIe.
This will make the system flow t h e no better. Hence it seems that the concept of careful
acceptance or rejection of orders is the only solution in make-to-order manufacnrring
environments where capacity and due date (i-e. flow ailowance) are fixed. The barrier of
acceptance or rejection mi& serve here as a filter to the manufachuhg system, which is
expected to reduce the variabiliry.
The importance of controiiing orders at the entq to the shop Boor has already k e n
recogized in the research literam. As has been pointed out earlier. in queuing theory
research the concept of controlling the arriva1 process bas been around since 1969 while on
the experimentai side. Philipoom and Fry (1992). ten Kate ( 1994) and Wester er ai. ( 1992)
are the ody three published research work so far in this area There is a ciear gap and scarcity
of research regardhg this. Controlled acceptance needs to be studied in the context of more
compiex experimentai settings (unlike the simplistic settings of queuing theory research) and
deserves closer anention regarding how this conml should be adjusted depending on various
uncontrollable environmental factors under which the rnanufacturing systern is operating so
that the maximum benefit cm be achieved. This wiU provide a manager the necessary
understanding and insight to manipulate the control relative to the dyarnics of
uncontroilable factors to achieve the best possible benefit for that circumstance. Studying
what should be the suitable choice of control policy under a given circumstance was absent
in any of the experirnentai research done before, Both of Philipoom and Fry (1992) and
Wester et al. (1992). in one or more of their order acceptance strategies, accepted an order
ody if the workload (which is defmed in some fashion) is not more than a maximum Mt.
In their research they did not snidy how to chmse this conml Limit to suit a $ven set of
values for the uncontrollable factors. This present research is motivaîed and fwused towards
this direction.
![Page 50: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Apart fiom this, several researchers have aiready flagged the possibility of M e r research
involving accepcing or rejecting an order. Amonp thern, Land and Gaalman ( 1996). Malhona
er al. (1994) and Jensen et al. (1995) are the noced ones. Land and Gaahan (1996) observed
the importance of keeping the order reIease pool size stationary. The authors noted that,
"'Existing WLCconcepts confronted with smng dynamics of the incoming Stream of orders
will depend on either high flexibility of capacity or possibilities to reject stationarity
disturbing orders at the entry level." On the other hand, Malhona et al. ( 1994) and Jensen et
al. ( 1995) advocated further research to selectively accept the normal priority orders, while
managinp a twoclass orcier system.
The situation of multiple order classes has not been smdied, when some form of input control
is operallve. When input control mechanisms are used in a situation of multiple order classes
with orders having differences in importance. a great deal of oppominity exists to conml the
manufacturing system through seiective acceptance of orders to rnanipdate the service level
of different classes of order.
2.6 Objective of the Research
The objectives of the present research stem h m the motivation as stated in the previous
section. More specificdy. the objectives of the research are as foliows:
To explore in detail the behaviour of two aiternative algorithmic acceptlreject d e s
in order to bth gain insight into the basic operation of systems where the rejection
of orders is aiiowed and to quanufy how the perfomance of such d e s is affected by
cenain key factors in the environment of the wider manufacniring systern.
To compare the performance of a new simulation-based acceptlreject d e with the
two dgorithmic d e s to identiQ under what, if any* cucumstances this d e may
![Page 51: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
outperfom the others.
The appiicability of sirdation in the area of manufacnuing systems anaiysis is weii-
known since it can handie cornplex stochastic systems in arbitrary detail. As Grant
( 1988) pouited out, "Histondy, simulation techniques have been highiy successful
and usd extensively for the planning and analysis of current operations and proposed
designs." From the iiterature review in the earlier section. it is clear that there has not
b e n any research so far which uses tbis capability of simulation in deciding the
acceptmce of the customer order. This justifles the implementation and testing of a
simulation-based order acceptance sûategy.
(üi) To investigate the optimal choice of accept/reject nile, and of any control parameters
of the chosen d e , as a function of the primary environmental factors of the wider
manufacnuing system.
This is another area where no work has been doue so f a - It is cIear that the conml
paranieters that work best in a particular situation will not necessarily be the best in
a different situation, thus it is necessary that the parameten are chosen appropriately
as a function of the environmental factors. in the previous literature, aii the research
works were carried out when the control parameten are chosen once under a
particular situation and the manufacninng system was smdied with the same value
of the conml parameter even when other factors of the manufacnrring system were
chan@. So it is justifïed that there is a research need to expIore how to choose these
controI parameters as a function of the specific manufaauring environment.
(iv) To explore the behaviour of the three implemented acceptireject d e s in the case
where there are two classes of order both to _gain insight into the basic operation of
systerns able to reject jobs in this case and, again, to quant@ the performance of the
d e s as the main environmental factors are vaned OfparUcular interest here is how
![Page 52: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
37
the acceptlreject niles perfonn differentiy for different classes of order.
As bas k n pointed out ezdier. there exiss a good deal of scope to manipulate the
service of different orders varying in importance. by means of selective acceptance
of orders. Malhotra er al. (1994) and Jensen er al. (1995) have suggested this
possibility in cheir research, To study how the service of different classes of order is
affkcted is useful in manipulating the service level offered to different order classes.
![Page 53: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
Chapter 3
Experimental Mode1
In the previous chapter the motivation for and objectives of this research have k e n
presented. This chapter discusses the mode1 which is experimented with in order to meet
these objectives. F i t a hpthetical ~llanufacniring system that has been used in this
research as a test bed will be fully described, including the different underiying assumptions
involved in the design of this system. Xext. the aiternative control poiicies. whose
performance when appIied to the manufacruring system under different operating conditions
is of interest. are elaborated. Finally the important feanues of the simulation mode1
developed to represent the hypothetical system wiil be described.
For this research. a hypotheticai manufacturing system has k e n designed as a test bed to
explore various control policies under various operating conditions of the system. In this
section. the following aspects of the system are described vir. (1) layout and job routings, (2)
customer demand process. (3) order dass, (4) due date assignment. (5) cost smcttue, (6)
different decision points.
![Page 54: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
3.1.1 Layout and Job Routings
The hypotheticai manufacnuing system, which operates continuously, has four work centres
as shown in the Figure 3.1, The bt, second. third and fourth work centres have 2-3.2 and
3 machines respectively. Each machine is different from the other machines in the systern
(although there are some sirnilarities between the machines within a work centre).
Figure 3.1: The iayout of the Manufacnuing System
A job is processed in the system under the restriction that. at any step if the job is processed
at a work centre i. then in the next step it can be processed at a work centre j, ody if j>i.
where 1 ks4, !_jd. Thus a job cannot be processed by any machine at a work centre if it
has been aireaciy processed by another machine in the same work centre, or it cannot be
processed by any machine in a work centre if the numerical value of that work centre is Iess
than that of its previous work centre. Aiso. it might have any nurnber of operariooos fiom one
to four and obviously it can skip one or more work centres. Thus it is possible to generate at
most 133 different job routes, each giving rise to a unique job type. In this research aU 143
different possible job types have been considered For a partïcuiar job type, the sequence of
![Page 55: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
machines that will be visited by the job and also the pmessing time on each of the machines
is known beforehand. The exact process plan for each job type is defmed in the input fde
shown in the Appendix B. The processing times of the machines in the work centres 1.2,
3 and 4 are drawn from a Gamma distribution with the mean processing times as 2.5 hours,
3.5 hours, 2.5 hours and 3.5 hours respectively. The process times king drawn irom Gamma
distributions enables the coefficient of variation of the process Urnes to be easily conmlled
during experimentation.
The layout of this manufacturing system is similar to the one considered in Philipoom and
Fry (1992). The justification for considering this type of layout, as given by the above
authors, aiso holds good in the present case. In this layout the machines of similar function
are grouped in the same work centre. This does not necessarily mean that the machines in the
same work centre are identicai, rather they are of same kind but of different capaciues. For
exampie. two shaping machines of different capacities can be placed in the same work centre
and a job which is processed by one of those two machines does not need to go through the
second one again. Thus each n;achine is assumed to be different, The work centres are aIso
arranged according to their functional or technologicai precedence. So in this kind of shop
al1 jobs will have a unidirectionai flow. As the authors Say, "In the 'reai worId', it is doubtfui
that a pure job-shop exists where a job can begh and end in any department. Jndeed there is
usually a dominant product flow that characterizes the rnanufacturing process." This
hypotheticai hybrid job shop is representative of this kind of rnanufacturing environment.
There are two differences, however, between the manufacturing system of Philipoom and Fry
(1992) and the present one in this thesis. in the previous one, the authors have considered
five work centres and aii jobs have five steps Le. they are pmessed in aii five work cennes.
In the present manufacturing system there are four work centres and the jobs can involve any
number of steps between one and four.
![Page 56: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
The demand on the system is characterized by the orders placed by the extemal customers.
The manufacniring system under consideration is operated on a smct make-to-order (MTO)
basis, so ail the demand that the manufacturing system faces is externai in nanue.
in this research, it bas been assumed that the customer orders arrive in a batch size of unity.
The problem of non-unity and/or nonuniform batch size is a topic suitable for further study.
All possible job types and hence the resuiting job routes (given eariier comments on shop
structure and job routings) are equaiiy probable. The inter-arrivai cime (IAT) between two
consecutive orden is dism3uted according to a Gamma distribution. enabling a fine conuol
over both the mean and coefficient of variation of the inter-arrivai cime distribution. in this
researcb, [AT is manipulated to Vary the expected demand level (Le. the steady-state shop
utilization corresponding to no job rejection) and hence, the parameters of the inter-arriva1
time distribution will also change accordingiy.
3.1 .2. 1 Justification of Choosiao an MT0 Svstem
The reason why a MT0 system has ben chosen Îs as foiiows. The hypothesis that rejection
of a s m d portion of incoming orders improves delivery performance may be m e in both
make-to-order and make-to-stock (MX) manufacninng systems. Exploring the effect of
rejecting some of the ordes in the MTS case where customer orders can be deiivered directly
from the manufacniring shop floor or from a finished good inventory, is more complex than
that m the MT0 case. the finished good inventory not king an option in the latter case- Thus
the knowledge gained from the ,MT0 research wili help tackling the probiem in the MïS
case*
![Page 57: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
![Page 58: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
considered in the cunent research-
In some of the planned experiments two different classes of order have been considered. A
certain percentage of incoming orders are considered to be "urgent", with the remahder
king "regulaf ordes. From the point of view of sirnplicity, only two classes of orders have
been considered in this research. Whether an order is urgent or reguiar is determined by the
customer. An urgent order is distinguished fiom a regular order by its relativeiy shorter
standard flow time allowance at the time of assigning its due date. The percentage of urgent
orders is a controllable parameter in this research.
3.1.4 Due Date ilssignment
When the orders are generated from the extemai customers, each order is given a due thne
according to the foiiowing due time settuig d e :
DT, = AT, + RegFIA, if the order is in question is a "regular" cIass order. or
DT, = AT, t UrgFTA, if the order is in question is an "urgent" class order.
Where, DTr - - Due time of the iih order.
AT, = T i e of arrivai of the order into the system-
RegFTA - - A constant
UrgFT14 = A constant (such that RegFTA > UrgFTA).
There are numemus alternaiive ways to assign the due date to the incoming job and a vast
iiteranrre on this partidar subject is readily available. The due date assigment by addhg
![Page 59: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
a constant flow Ume aliowance to the arriva1 t h e as above is one of the simplest due date
ass iment d e s . Although this d e cannot claim supenoricy over or is not at par with other
d e s which use the load information on the shop flmr or the order itself, many companies
in real life still use this d e for the sake of simpiicity. Moreover, this d e provides a good
deai of certainty from the point of view of &e customer. However in this research, the
primary reason for the choice of this d e is its simplicity.
3.15 CostStructwe
According to Enns (19951, profit for an order cm be defined by the foliowing expression:
Profit (Pm = Revenue (Rev) - Variable production cost ( V a
- WIP holding cost (HC)
- Lead cime cost (LC)
- Due date deviation cost (DO
- Fixed overhead cost per order (OH)
Revenue (Rev) of an order is the amount of dollars earned after a finished order is shipped
to the customer.
Variable production cost (VC) of an order is the amounr of douars spent in complethg the
order. This cost includes materiai and Iabour costs.
WiP holding cost (HC) is the totai cost incurred for holding a fînished or semihished oder
in inventory for a dufation. Any extra storage, handling, insurance and obsolescence charges
associated with the work-in-process inventory shouid be included in this category of cost
Lead time cost (La expresses the Ioss in revenue or customer goodwill which d t s from
![Page 60: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
45
lead Ume quotations which are longer than those desired by the customer. This loss is often
intangible.
Due &te deviation cost (DC) reflects costs amibutable to the difference between the actuai
completion time and the due date. The main components of this costs are earliness and
tardiness costs. In this research, the eariiness cost (EC) is assumed to be zero and hence DC
is composed of only the tardiness cost (TC).
F i e d overhead cost (OH) is a constant which includes the cost to maintain the faciiity and
other indirect costs.
In this research the general expression of the profit in the equation (3.1 ) has been modified
in the following way. In this case, VC. HC. LC and OH have k e n assumed to be fmed for
simplicity. DC has been considered to include oniy the tardiness cost (TC) Le. the earliness
cost is zero, again to simpliS the scenario. However. more detaded modeiiing of the other
cost components (at least VC, HC and EC) is a potentiai research problem of the future.
So in this research, the equation (3.1) takes the foiiowing simple fom in which Rev is the
revenue after VC, HC, LC and OH are deducted.
PET = Rev - TC
Formulation of Revenue
Revenue is calcuiated for an order according to the foiiowing expression.
R q = [Kr x 7WK,], if the order is a "reguiar" one. and
Rev, = [Ku x TWKJ, if the order is an "urgent" one.
![Page 61: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
46
Where, Rev, = Revenue (as defined in (3.2)) for the ith order.
Kr = A positive constant.
Ku = A constant (such that Ku > Kr).
m, = Total estimated work content of the ith order.
3.1.5.2 Formulation of Tardiness Cost and its Justification
The tardiness cost in general, can be characterized in many different ways. It could be linear,
nonlinear, or even constant and independent of tirne. Also, it could be uniform or nonuniform
across different jobs. For instance, Alidee (1994). Arkin and Roundy (1994), and Szwarc and
Liu (1993) specified the tardiness cost as proportional to a job's processing tirne. According
to these authors, it is highly undesirable for job completion times to deviate from their due
date for large jobs, and that it is not logical to use uniform tardiness costs for jobs with
varying sizes. Holt (1963) advocated that it is more realistic to consider the tardiness cost
function to be nonlinear over time. Heady and Zhu (1998) summarized the approaches
reponed in the iiteranue as follows:
"There are three penalty cost functions cornmonly assurned in the literature.
First. the penalty cost is proponional to the length of a job's processing time.
The justification for this cost function is that the longer it takes to process a
job, the more value the job possesses. Therefore, both earliness and tardiness
on that job should be heaviiy penalized. Second, the penalty cost function is
linear in the number of time units that a job is early or late. This alternative
severely penalizes those jobs that deviate far £rom tbeir due dates in either
direction. Third, the uniform cost function alternative equaiiy mats jobs that
are earIy or late regardless of severity of their earhess or tardiness."
In this research, if an order becomes tardy, the resuiting tardiness cost is propomonal to the
product of its revenue (hm equation 3.2) and its tardîness. In the light of the above
![Page 62: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
fiterature, this scheme seems to be ceasonable. However, to keep the design less cumplicakd
the tardiness cost has k e n chosen to be hea r over time against its nonlinear counterpart.
The exact formulation is as foliows:
TC, = Krr x Rev, x Tardiness, if the order is a regular one and, (3.4a)
TC, = Km x Rev, x Tardiriess, if the order is an urgent one. (3.4b)
Where, TCi = Tardiness cost of ith order in question.
Ktr = A positive constant.
Kru - Krr x R e g F T A - U rg FTA
Rev, = Net revenue for the ith order in question
(before considering tardiness costs)
Tardiness = Amount of tardiness on completion {whicti is
zero or a positive quantity).
In the following Figure 32, this tardiness cosr (TC) cuve has ken illustrated with respect
to the flow tirne of a job. A is the arrivai time and D is the due date of the job, wtule AD is
TC
Rev
Figure 3.2: Tardiness Cost Curve
![Page 63: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
its flow time aiiowance. If the completion time of the job extends kyond its due date, the
tardiness cost accumulates linearly until the date of completion. If the job is tardy by a
duration equal to DB, ail of the job's net revenue is offset by tardiness cost. This specific
value of tardiness can be cailed the Cntical Tardiness (Tc). It is interesthg to note that Tc is
independent of job type for each class of order, but it cenainiy depends on the job cIass. As
it is evident h m the equations (3.4a) and (3.4b) Tc equais IKtr or I /Ktu dependhg on
whether the job is a reguiar or an urgent one.
Another interesthg point concerning cntical tardiness can be made by comparing it with the
fiow time allowance. The ratio ofcritical tardiness and flow ailowance indicates how heavily
a job wdi be penaiized if it is tardy by its flow the . Obviously, this ratio is (I/Krr)/RegFIA
or, (I/Krul/UrgFTA. depending on whether the job is a replar or an urgent one. In this
research, the value of Km has been chosen so that the two order ciasses are penalized equally
heavily from a relanve tardiness perspective. i-e. if each ciass is tardy by its fiow ailowance
it wilI incur a penalty equal to the same proportion of its net revenue. Thus,
RegFT.4 Kru = K u x-.
ürg FTA
3.1.6 Different Decision Points
While the manufacnuing system is in operation. three kinds of decision are taken rit different
points: (i) AccepUreject decision; (ii) Order release decision; and (iü) Disparching decision.
A conwl system assists the main system to take these decisions as and when necessary.
Figure 3.3 is a schematic diagram showing the overail decision-makingprocess. This section
provides a brief introduction to each of these decisions. A M e r detailed discussion of
different alternatives for each decision wili be provided in section 3.2, while desm'bing
different alternative control policies.
![Page 64: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Figure 33: Schematic Diagram of the Overail Decision-making Process
Accept/Reiect Decision
The first decision is taken when a customer attempts to place an order. with the manufacturer
deciding whether or not to accept the order, depending on a particuiar accept/reja nile. As
was pointed out earlier in section 3.1.2.2, in this research it has been assumed that acustomer
when piacing an order never withdraws that order unies it is rejected by the manufacturer.
The orders which are rejected are lost forever i.e. the rejected orders are not considesed again
in the future and it is assumed that they find other suitable manufac~fers. However, there
![Page 65: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
50
are rnany other conceptuaiiy ciiffereut ways possible, in which this acceptlreject decision
might be accomplished. Appendix C dissusses these strategic alternatives and it is to be
noted that each of these suategic alternatives can be fleshed out again into a nurnber of
different d e s wtiich are more concrete in nature.
Order Release Decision
The orders which are accepted are temporarily kept in a pre-shop pool known as the "Order
Release Pool". This second decision is necessary to decide which of the accepted orders will
be released €rom the pre-shop pool and what is the most appropriate release tirne for the
order. This decision is taken on the basis of an order reIease d e . Orders may be released at
any time and in any number. if pemiitted by the order release d e .
As in the case of acceptlreject de s . concepnially many different ways are possible again. to
decide on this issue. A s w e y of different alternatives has k e n already doue by a nurnber
of authors and has k e n reported in the previous chapter in detail.
The hst decision in the system is taken regardmg which order in a machine's queue wiii be
processed next. if there is more than one order waiting in the queue and the machine is fke.
32 Different Alternative Conml Policies Used in This Research
In this section. the different alternative conml policies implemented in the mode1 will be
describeci. To support this description. the next section defines some important quantities
ruade use of witbin the alternatives (specifically in the acceptfreject d e s and the order
reIease d e s ) încluding information on the time and the way they are updated. Also, for
![Page 66: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
clarity of description in the very beghing, it is usefui to clearly distinguish among three
difierent terms viz. an order, a job and a rask. So far any two of these terms migix have been
used interchangeably, but h m now onward they wiU be used stricdy in the sense as they are
defined below .
When a request is accepted irom the customer and phced in the order release pool, it is
referred to as an order as long as it is in the order release pool. When an order is released CO
the stiop fioor, it is referred to as a job and a job needs to undergo one or more operations by
one or more machines in the shop. Each such operation is h o w n as a r d
32.1 Important Qumtities Involved in Different Rules
TorAccepredLn
The total amount of estimated remaining work content of ai i accepted orders
and jobs which are in &he systern at this moment.
It is ïncremented just after accepting an order by an amount equal to the total
estimated processing time of the order- Each cime a machine starts a ta& it
is decremented by half of the task's estimated processing time, and is
decremented by the rernaining haifimmediately the machine finishes the task.
rn ;iccepre&adûnMc(i):
This is defined for each machine i as the portion of TotAccptedt which must
be performed at rhat machine.
When an order is accepted the AccepredLoadOnMcfi) for each machine i
visited is incremented by the expected task processing rime on ihat machine.
M e n a machine either starts or hnishes a task, this quantity is de.cremented
![Page 67: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
by half of the estimated processing thne of the task.
AcceptedLORfj):
This is defined. for each order type j, as the subset of TorAccepredL which
must be performed on a subset of the set of machines in the facility which
includes ody those machines which an order of type j under consideration for
acceptance wodd visit.
This quantity is computed whenever it is needed to support an acceptireject
decision. by summing certain dynamicdy updated AccepredLuadOnMcfi)
values.
rn TorReleasedLI
This is defined as the total amount of estimated remainint work content of
all the jobs in the system at this moment.
This quamiq is incremented whenever an order is released to the shop floor.
by an amount equal to the total estimated work content of the order. This
quantity is decremented whenever a machine either starts or fGshes a task
by an amount equai to haif of the estimated processing time of the task.
ReieasedLoadOnMcti):
This is defrned. for each machine i. as the portion of lotReleusedi. which
mus be performed at machine i-
When an order is released the RelearedLoadOnMc(i)~ for each machine i
visiteé is incremented by an amount equd to the estimated task processing
time on that machine. When a machine either starts or fînishes a task, this
qmtity is decremented by half of the estimated processing time of the tasic.
![Page 68: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
53
ReleasedLORÿ):
This is dehed, for each job type j, as the subset of TotReleasedL that must
be perfonned on the subset of machines in the facility that a newly released
job of type j wouid have to visit
This quantity is computed, whenever it is needed to support an order release
decision, by summing certain dynamicaily updated ReleusedLoadûnMdi)
values.
At this point, al1 the quantities necessary to describe different alternative accepdreject and
order release niles have been defined and explained. so the next sections present the different
alternatives.
Acceptance of an order has a two fold effect on the system. Fitiy. there is a possibiiity that
a certain amount of revenue can be earned from the order itself (if it is not tardy by a duration
p a t e r than or equal to its criticai tardiness). Secondly, its acceptance will cause extra
pressure on the existing jobs in the system which might in tum lead to additional tardiness
costs for this set of jobs. So philosophicaily the role of the accepttreject mies can be seen as
king to compare the incremental benefit of acceptance of an order against the incremental
tardiness costs caused by accepting the order.
in this research. four different alternative acceptireject d e s have been defined and
irnplemented In this section. these mies will be stated together with their possible
justification.
![Page 69: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
(a) Fuil acceptance (FA)
(b) Accept the order if the total accepted load on the shop is less than a
maximum value (TAL)
(c) Accept the order if the load on the busiest machine on the candidate order's
route is Iess than a maximum value (BUS)
(d) Accept or reject the order on the bais of a deterministic simuiation to
anticipate the effects of these two aitemative courses of action (SiMUL).
(a) Full Accentance (FA)
Definition
AU candidate orders are accepted on their arrivd to the shop floor.
Discussion
ïhis d e will serve as a benchmark. againsr which to compare the other d e s . When this d e
is employed. the manufacnrring system is fully exposed to externai demand fluctuation.
(b) Total Accented Load Cï*AiJ
Definition
if the arriving order is a replar order and TotQccepredL, c RegularLimitTotAcceptedL, the
order i in question is accepted otherwise it is rejected.
if the arriving order is an urgent order and TotAccepredL, c UrgentLUnitTotAcceptedL, the
order i in question is accepted otherwise it is rejected.
![Page 70: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
= The value of the quantity TotAcceptedL (as
kscribed before) at the time r of arriva1 of the
ofder i.
RegularLimi tTotAccee = A consrant
IlrgentLhitTorAcceptedL = A constant
Discussion
This d e is the simpIest of ail the d e s which aliow a job to be rejected and is expected to
outperform the FA nile under some conditions. The sole purpose of the d e is to keep the
totai shop load under control rather than dowing it to p w LimitIessly. For an urgent order.
the load h i t may be larger than that in the case of a re,dar order in order to anract more
revenue (recdI that an urgent order yields _mater revenue than a regdar one of the same
estimated total work content). Aso. it shouid be noted that the tenns on the left hand side of
the acceptance conditions do not include the estùnated Load of the order under consideration
for acceptance. This is motivated by the desire to avoid the following bias. If the estirnated
load of the order is taken into account in tbe Left hand side of the condition, this might cause
the larger orden in terms of estimated work content. to be rejected more frequently than the
orders wirb smaller work content.
(c) Acceated Load On ïhe Busiest Machine On the Candidate Order's Route (BUS)
Definirion
If the order of type j is a regular one andAccepredLoodOnMdii,< RegLimirAccepredLoadOnMc.
for ail i = q,, then the order is accepted, otùerwise it is rejected.
If the order of type j is an urgent one andAccepredLoadOnMdi),< UrgLUnirAccepredLoadOnMc,
![Page 71: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
for aii i c q,, then the order is accepted. otherwise it is rejected.
Where,
AccepredLmàOnMc(i), - - The vdue of the quantity
AccepredLoadOnMc(i) (as described
before) for the ith machine at the time
r of the arrivai of the order.
4; = The set of aii machines on the route of
an order of type j.
RegLimirAccepredLuadûnMc - - A cons tan^
UrgLimitAccepredLoadûnMc - - A constant.
Discussion
This rule is similar to the TAL d e but it is potentiaily more discerning since it considers
more detailed information on the state of the system at the tirne of the decision. This d e is
simiiar to the one cded 'path load order review' as presented in Phiiipoom and Fry (1992).
The authors observe. "Since the machine with the heaviest workioad would tend to deIay the
compIetion of an order more so than less loaded machines, conaoiling the input of orders
based on this criticai machine may make more sense than lwkinp at the entire shop". Here
aiso the absence of the candidate order's individual estimared load in the left hand side of the
acceptance conditions axises fkom the motive of not rejecting the orders with high revenue.
As before, each order ciass has its own acceptance [imit so as to aiiow a preference to the
urgent orders if this yields better performance.
(d) Simulation Based Acce~tance/Reiection (SIMUL)
Defininon
When an order arrives, a pair of pilot deterministic simuIation nins are executed to predict
![Page 72: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
the effects of the two decision alternatives. During the first nui, the order in question is
accepted while in the second m. the order is rejected, If the profit at the end of the fust nui
exceeds that in the second run by a constant portion, Kincr, of the maximum possible profit
€rom the order under considerarion, the order is accepted, otherwise, the onier is rejected.
Discmsion
This d e is conceptuaiiy the most sophisticated of the four and has the potential to perform
well. This is because this d e uses the full amount of information on tne shop flmr stanis
including the donnation on the order itself, the information k ing generated tbrough pilot
simulation runs which consider the detailed evolution of the manufacturing system. In this
research. the pilot simuiations have been performed detenninistically. Also. during the pilot
rus, no additional customer orders are considered to arrive. with each run ending when all
accepted jobs have been completed.
The success of this rule depends on chmsing an appropriate value of the parameter KUlcr.
it cm range from zero to unity. When it is zero. it is a too optirnistic approach since it means
Ehat an order will be accepted whenever the profit from the "accept" ru exceeds that from
the "reject" nui even by smaii amount On the other han& if Kùtcr is un@, it corresponds
to a pessirnistic situation because in that case the orders are accepted oniy if they are
expected to yield their maximum possible profit. However. neither of these two situations
is likeiy to give the best performance. In the first case (Le, corresponding to Kincr = 0). the
loss through taniy jobs will be hi@ because the real operation of the m a n u f ' g system
consists of uncertain future orders a s weli as uncertainty in the processing times of the tasks,
which are not considered in the pilot nms. in the second case (i-e. corresponding to Khcr =
1). the loss through rejection of orders will be si@'ïcantIy high. The accepted orders also
are not paranteed to produce a profit (the maximum possible or even less than that) every
time owing to uncertain future orders and uncertainty in the task processing time in the real
systern, So the most suitable value of this p m e t e r Kmcr wiU lie in b e t . n O and 1 which
needs to be chosen. The way tbis choice is done has been detailed in Chapter 5-
![Page 73: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
3 2 3 Alternative Order Release Rules
As mentioned earlier, in section 3.1.6.2, orders could be released from the Order Release
Pool (ORP) at any tirne and in any quantity, The sequence of the release of orders is also
controiied by the order release d e as mentioned below. The basic operation of aii order
release d e s considered in this research is the same and can be described as follows.
The order in the ORP which has the Ieast slack per operation is the k t one to be checked
for release against the release condition of the active order release d e . in either case,
whether this order is released at present or not. another order having the next higher slack per
operation is checked for release in the same way as the previous one. in this way aii of the
orders in the ORP are checked for their possibility of release, whenever checking for order
release is initiated.
The time points at which checking is initiated is another issue. Philosophicdy it mi@ be
argued there should be continuous checking, but this is not necessary as alrnost the same
effect cm be achieved by checking at some paxticuiar points in tirne. This issue has k e n
addressed in detaii in Appendix E in the context of describing the logic in the PM-0R.mad
file.
If two orders have the same slack per operation and both are eligible to be released. the tie
is broken on the basis of the earlier entry Ume into the system. The tie is broken with
certainty as the entry tirne of each order is unique. owing to the unit batch size of the order
arrivai process.
There is ais0 a special arrangement to release an order h m the ORP forcibly, if it is not
reieased nomaiiy by the active order release nile within a certain duration. This duration is
individually determined for each order on its arriva1 to the ORP in the foiiowing way. At the
moment a new order arrives at the ORP, the average waiting time in any shop queue
![Page 74: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
experienced by a similar order (similar with respect to the class and the number of steps
involved) is noted and is multiplied by the number of steps involved in the new order. Ifthis
product is less than the flow Mie dowance of the new order, the said duration is set equal
to this product. Otherwise iiit: said duration is set to zero i.e. the new order is released from
the ORP immediately.
In this research three different order release d e s have been defined and implemented. They
are:
(a) immediate release (MM)
(b) Release the order if the total released load on the shop is Iess than a defined
maximum vaiue (TRL)
(c) Release the order if the reIeased load on the busiest machine on the order's
route is less than a niaximum value (BUSM).
(a) inmediate Release (iMMl
Defin irion
An accepted order is released immediately to the shop floor.
Discussion
This d e is considered as the base case in this research.
(b) Total Released Shoa Load
Definition
I f , TotReleaseàL., c LimitTotReleusedL, release the order. Othenivise. hold the order in the
Oder ReIease Pool (ORP).
![Page 75: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Where,
TotReleasedL, = The value of the quantity TotReleasedL (as described
before) at the thne of checking the possibility of
release.
LimitTotReleasedL = A constant.
Discussion
This d e is the simplest of the non-immediate order release niles and is similar in concept
to the TAL acceptheject d e in that it bases its decisions solely on the total released shop
load. On the left hand side, the estimated work load of the order in question has not been
included so as to avoid bias against the release of jobs with higher total work content. Since,
in this research, order release is considered very frequently. very little room is created for an
order each Ume an order release is initiated. So if the Ioad of the order is included in the Ieft
hand side of the condition of the d e . smaller orders will get always preference over the
larger ones for release purposes and the larger orders may be held up in the ORP much longer
than the small ones.
The right hand limit is the same for both cases of urgent and regular orders. Differentiation
at this point is not necessq because it is intended to make the urgent and regular orders
compte on the same bas% as the Company may lose money through regular orders as weli.
So a more cntical reguiar order shouid be released earlier than a less critical urgent order.
(c) Released Load On The Busiest Machine On the Candidate Order's Route (BUSM)
Defihirion
An order is released h m the order release pool if ReleasedLaadOnMdi)t <.
LimirReleaseciLuadOnMc, for each i C q, , otherwise it is held in the order release pool.
![Page 76: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
The va lue of t he q u a n t i t y
ReleasedLuadOnMc(i) (as described before)
for the ith machine at the thne t.
ïhe set of aii machines on the route of the
order (of type J) in question.
i is an element of the set qj.
A constant.
Discussion
Tbis d e is similar to TRL but potentiaiiy more disceniing in that it considers more detailed
information on the state of the system at the tirne of the decision. Specifically, it considers
the maximum estimated reieased load on a machine on an order's route at the urne of
checking the possibility of the order's release. This d e is conceptuaiiy more sophisticated
than any of the order reiease d e s mentioned so far in this section. since it mes to keep
congestion under control by keeping the load of each individual machine bdow a maximum
limit.
The jusufication for not considenng the individuai estimated Load of the order itself in the
left hand side of the condition of the order release d e is as explained in the context of
previous niles i.e. to avoid bias against "large? orders. Aiso, the Rght tiand side b i t is the
same for both classes of order due to the sarne reason as stated eariier.
3.2.4 Alternative Dispatching Rules
If there is more than one job in a machine queue then the next job the machine will process
when it next becornes ide is selected, in this research, accordhg to one of the dispatching
![Page 77: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
d e s listed below:
(a) First-in-System-Fmt-Served (FSFS)
(b) Earliest Due Time (EDT)
(c) ;Minimum Slack per Operaiion Rernaining (S/OPN)
(a) First-in-Svstem-FirstServed FSFQ
According to this d e . the job which has entered into the system the eariiest is selected. No
tie is possible since the orders arrive into the system one at a tirne and hence each order has
a unique entry tirne into the system.
(b) Earliest Due Time IEDT)
According to this dispatching d e , the job which has the eariiest due date will be selected.
Any Ye is broken on the basis of FSFS as stated earlier.
(c) Minimum Slack Der Otieration WOPN)
If aü jobs in the queue have positive slack then the job with the minimum slack per
remauüng operation will be selected. But ifthere is at Ieast one job with anegative slack then
the job. among those with negative slack, which has the maximum (w/pi) will be selected,
where wi is the tardiness cost of the ith job if it is tardy by a unit amount of time and pi is the
estimated imminent processina ùnie of the iùi job. Any tie is broken on the bais of FSFS.
![Page 78: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
3 3 List of Important Parameters Envolvecl
The different parameters involved in the experiments cmducted during this research belong
to two caregories:
(a) Parameters of the manufacturing system which is king controiied
(b) Paramerers of the conuol system.
(a) Paramecers of the Manufacturinn Svstem
(i) Demand ievel: This parameter dictates the average utilization of the shop, if al1
arriving orders were accepted. This is actudy controlIed indirectly by vatying a
mode1 parameter defining the mean order inter-arriva1 time given the product niiK
and routing information. This parameter wüi be denoted as DL.
(ii) Demand levei var iabi l i~ This parameter signifies the uncertauity involved in the
demand This parameter can be varied by changïng the coefficient of variation of the
dismbution of order inter-arriva1 times. This parameter w d be denored as DLV-
(üi) Process rime variabiliîy: Tais parameter si_gifies the uncertainty in the processing
cimes* This can be varied by changïng the coefficient of variation of the distribution
of the processing h e s . this parameter will be denoted as PTV.
(iv) Flow rime allowance (regdur ortiers): W e assigning the due t h e to the regular
orders. a constant amount of time is adderi to the arrivai rime of the order. which is
the exrernaily determined customer lead t h e for the rerdar order. This parameter
wil l be denoted as RegFïA
![Page 79: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Flow tirne allowance (urgent orders): This parameter signifies the s d a r quantity
as the previous one, but for the urgent orders. This parameter should be set at a Iower
value than the previous one. This parameter wili be denoted as UrgFïA.
Propom'on of urgent orders: This is the expected proportion of the orders wkch are
coming into the system, which wili be designated as "urgent orders". This parameter
will be denoted as PUO.
Ku: This proportionality constant occurs in the calcdation of the revenue of an
urgent order. Please refer to section 3.1.5.1.
Krr: This occurs in the tardiness cost calculation of a regular job in the section
3.1.5.2. It is the proportion of the maximum possible revenue that wiI1 be Iost. if a
regular job is tardy by unit tirne.
Parameters of the control svstem
Al1 of the control system parameters listed below have k e n discussed earlier wMe
descnbing the acceptlreject ruIes or order release d e s .
Accept/reject d e options
Order release d e options
Dispatching d e options
RegularLimitTotAcceptedL
UrgentLimitTotAccepte&
RegLimitAcceptedLoadûnMc
UrgLimitAcceptedLoadOnMc
LirnitTotReleasedL
LimitReleasedLoadOnMc
![Page 80: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
3.4 Performance Measuns of the System
The performance measures used in this research can be grouped into seven categories as
s h o w in the Ieft &and side of Table 3.1. within each category a number of different
performance measures are involved as shown in the right hand side of the table. Many of the
performance measures are computed over ai i orders and broken dowu by order class. Where
a performance measure is so decomposed the number of specific variants is shown in the
bracket after the measure name. Some of the measures have 15 different variations. These
originate when each performance measure is considered on an overail basis (ix. considering
di orders irrespective of category or number of steps), on the basis of the category of order
(i-e. considering the order as urgent or as regular. thus producing two more variants), on the
basis of the number of steps involved in an order (i.e. whether the order is a 1,2,3, or a 4-
step order and thus giving rise to ariother four variants) and lastiy on the basis of combination
of category and number of steps involved in an order (which produces eight more variants
of the same performance measure). Aiso there are several performance measures which have
LO variants each. These ten variants originate fiom considering the ten machines in the
rnanufacninng system.
Among the above performance measures the first three measures under category (A) need
to be defied for clarity.
The 15 variants of "Percent achievement" (PA) are:
Overail Percent Achievement (OPA),
Urgent Percent Achievement (UPA},
![Page 81: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
Table 3.1: Performance Measuies
Category
(A) Cost related rneasures:
(B) Deiivery related
1 (C) Rejection related I measures:
(D) Flow cime related 1 measures:
Family of Performance Meanires
Percent achievement (15) Percent rejection loss (15) Percent tardy loss ( 15)
-- -
Tardiness ( 15) Lateness ( 15) Earliness ( 15) Percent tardy ( 1 5 )
Percent rejected (15)
Row time ( 1 5) Manufacturing lead time (15) Variability in flow thne ( 15)
Waiting time in a queue ( 15) Waiting time in the order release pooI (15) Waiting thne in machine queues (15) Order release queue length (in number) (1) Order release queue Iength (in Ioad) ( 1 ) Waiting time in a specific machine queue ( 10) Specific machine queue length (in number) (10) Specific machine queue length (in load) (10) Variability in load in specific machine queue (10)
Work in process (in nurnber) (15) Work in process (in ioad) (15) Accepted ioad on specific machine (10) Released Ioad on specific machine ( 10)
Specific machine utilization (10) Average machine uulization ( 1 )
Re-eular Percent Achievement (RPA),
x-step Percent Achievement (xPA), for x = 1.2.3, or 4,
Urgent x-step Percent Achievement (UxPA), for x = 1,2, 3, or 4, and
Re,dar x-step Percent Achievement (RxPA), for x = 1,2,3, or 4.
![Page 82: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
The 15 variants of "Percent rejection loss" (PRL) are:
Overall Percent Rejection Loss (OPRL),
Urgent Percent Rejection Loss (UPRL),
Regular Percent Rejection Loss (RPRL),
x-step Percent Rejection Loss (xPRL), for x = 1,1,3, or 4,
Urgent x-step Percent Rejection Loss (UxPRL), for x = 1,2,3, or 4, and
Re,dar x-step Percent Rejection Loss (WRL). for x = 1,2,3, or 4.
The 15 variants of "Percent tardy loss" (PTL) are:
Overaii Percent Tardy Loss (OPTL),
Urgent Percent Tardy Loss (üPTL),
Reguiar Percent Tardy Loss (RPTL).
x-step Percent Tardy Loss (a), for x = I,2,3. or 4,
Urgent x-step Percent Tardy Loss (UxPTL), for x = 1.2.3, or 4, and
Regular x-step Percent Tardy Loss (RxPïL), for .r = 1.2.3. or 4.
The three different types of measure defmed above are based on the specific orders arriving
during a p e n d of tirne as foiiows:
rPA = 100 x (Actually eamed revenue by orders of kind z / Maximum possible
revenue that codd have been eamed by the orders of kind z), rPRL = 100 x (Loss through rejected orders of kind z / Maximum possible revenue
ttiat couId have been earned by the orders of kind z), and
z P T L = 100 x (Loss through tardy orders of kindz 1 Maximum possible revenue that
codd have been eamed by the orders of kind z),
where, z is a string h m ("O, YJ", "R". 'Y, "Ux", or "W. for x = 1,2,3, or 4). From the
![Page 83: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
above definition of zPA, for instance. the definition of U3PA can be obtained by substituting
"U3" in the place of z. Clearly for any valid z, :PA + zPRL + zPTL = 100.
Now, the orders of kind " O means the orders of any kind irrespective of any category or
number of steps. The orders of kind "U" and "R" represent the urgent and regular orden
respectively, and lady, the orders of "Ux" and "Rr" represent the urgent x-step and readar
x-step orders respectively, where x can have a value from 1,2,3, or 4.
So for example, using the above definitions,
UPRL = 100 x (Loss through rejected urgent orders / Maximum possible revenue that
could have ken earned by the urgent orders)
The rest of the performance measures in Table 3.1 are hopefully self-explanatory.
ln this research the key performance measure is Overail Percent Achievement (OPA) which
gives the actual performance of the system as a percentage of the best possible performance.
Le. for a aven demand level. maximizing OPA is equivalent to maximizing profit
(considering both rejection and tardiness cost). The best possible performance corresponds
to the situation when aii orders are accepted and completed on tirne. However the actual
performance wiii be Iess than this maximum vaiue in many situations due to the rejection of
some of the candidate orders andlor due to the tardiness of some of the accepted orders. An
order, if accepted and compleced on time, contributes to the earnings of the company by a
cenain amount. which is equai to Ra( (see section 3.1.5.1). If an order is rejected however,
the resuiting Ioss is equai to its contribution, assuming it were accepted and completed on
tirne but there wiü not be any additional penalty irnposed due to this rejection.
![Page 84: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
List of Assumptions in the Hypothetical System
The shop Iayout, in terms of the number of machines and their organization into work
centres, is as described earlier.
The batch sue of the arrivai process is unity and an arrivai can occur at any t h e .
Orders are corning directly from the customers and the accepted orders are
manufactured and shipped to the customer directly.
The product mix as well as the process plan of a particuiar job type is fmed and
known beforehand.
The process t h e as indicated in the process plan includes set up Ume.
Any number of orders can be released from the order release pool at any time ifs0
permiaed by the active OR d e .
if a job is king processed by a machine, it cannot be preempted by any other job.
A machine can process one job at a cime.
A machine does not need to wait for any operator to start processing, i-e. if a job
fin& a machine idle for which it was waiting, the job can be started processing
without any deiay.
ïhere is no rework necessary at any machine.
The time to transfer h m one point to another is zero.
There is infinite buffer space for any machine.
There is no downtime or maintenance for tbe machines.
The manufacnuing system operates continuousiy.
A job can be processed by one machine at a time.
ûescription of the SIMAN Simulation Model
The hypotheticd systern that has been described in detaii so far has been translated into a
computer simulation mode1 using SIMAN. This section descni the organization of
![Page 85: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
different components of the mode1 as shown in Tabie 3.2. A description of the code and h
main feanires of the mode1 can be found in Appendix E.
The logic of the simulation modei resides mainIy in four different files. They are: (i)
PM-mod (ii) PM-ARrnod (iii) Phd_ORmod, and (iv) Phd_DR.mod. The [mer three fies
deal with the logic se-anents regardhg acceptlreject d e s , order reIease des and dispatching
d e s respectively, whiie the first file contains the main body of the Logic. PM.exp is the
experiment Ne wtiere the deciararions of ali necessary attriiutes, variables, queues,
rrsources, stations. fiies etc. are located together with other statistics collection elements.
There is another file caiied JoblnfaFile, which carries aii the infornation re,oarding the
process plans of different types of order. This fde serves as an input file to the simulation
![Page 86: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
If a conml poiicy with the simulation based accept/reject rule is used, it is necessary to make
use of one additionai fde containing code which is in the fiIe PMc-c. wrïcten in C. Otherwise,
the above files are sufficient to run any control poiicy, which is a cornbinaiion of a non-
simulation based acceptlreject d e , an order release d e and a dispatching d e .
In order for a simulation nin to be made, which enabies the performance of a particular set
of conml parameters under a particular set of manufacniring system parameters to be
predicted. it is aecessary to specify a value for each of the parameters defmed earlier in
section 3.3. The next two chapters wili report on a wide range of simulations wbich have
been conducted during this research.
![Page 87: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
Chapter 4
Preliminary Experiments and Analysis
The purpose of this chapter is to present the results of various expioratory experiments which
have been carried out on the system described in the previous chapter. The chapter begins
by identifying and defining the experimental factors. Next a set of exploratory studies foilow
intended to develop a preliminary understanding of how the basic system works when ail
orders are accepted and al1 accepted orders are released to the shop floor imrnediarely. M e r
this. a relatively more complex study is presented which investigates how the system
performs under different combinations of acceptlreject de s . order release niles and
dispatching d e s .
Both this and the subsequent chapter make extensive use of acronyms to refer to both
experimental factors and performance measures. To aid the reader. a detailed glossary
containing ail of these acronyms is provided in Appendix D.
The fo1Iowing List summarizes the experimental factors which cari be easily varied for the
system under study:
![Page 88: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
Demand level (DL),
Demand level variability @Lw,
Process time variability (PTV),
Proportion of urgent orders (PUO),
Due date tighrness (DDT),
Acceptlreject d e options (AR).
Order release d e options (OR),
Dispatching d e options (DR),
RegularLimitTotAcceptedL (RL-TAL),
UrgentLimitTotAccepte& (HL-TAU',
Re-gLimitAcceptedLoadOnMc (&BUS),
Ur~tAcceptedLoadOnMc (HL-BUS),
LimitTotReleasedL (CL-TRL),
LimitReleasedLoadOnMc (CL-BUSM),
Kincr.
Eacfi of the parameters fiom (i) to (1) in the above List is invoived in one of the acceptheject
d e s mentioued earlier. In a context when there is no ambiguity about which accepdreject
d e is king used, the asswiated control lirnits ie. the parameters (i) through (1) wili be
referred to by simply RL (instead of iU-TAL or RLBUS) and HL (instead of Hi-TAL and
K B U S ) as appropriate. Each of the parameters (m) and (n) in the List is involved in one
of the order release d e options. Similariy when the context is clear about which order
release d e is king use& the conespouding conwl limit will be refemd to by CL only
(instead of CL-TRI, or CL-BUSM).
In the previous chapter. a l l of these factors except DDT have been cleariy defined. In the
1 Note that since urgent orders in a mazlufacturing sening are commody referred to as "hot", parameters devant to this class of orders have been named using the letter 'H' (for "hot") instead of 'UT (for "urgent").
![Page 89: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
following section. DDT is discussed in general and also how it is precisely defined in this
research.
1.1.1 Due Date Tightness
Gordon ( 1995) described due date tighmess (DDT) as "Average due date tighmess is one
possible measure of the severity of response requirements of the systern." DDT c m be
specified in various ways as the exarnples provided by Cheng and Chen (1997) demonstrate
via descrïbing eight düferent due date a s s i p e n t mies. in each of these d e s , as explaineci
below. the value of k is reiated to the level of DDT with DDT increasing as k decreases in
aii cases.
Constant Flow:
Equal Slack:
Nurnber of Operations:
Total Work:
Processing Plus Waiting:
Jobs in System:
Jobs in Queue:
Work in Queue:
where, d, - - Due time of the ith order,
r1 - - Arrivai tirne of the ith order.
pl = Total pmessing time of the ith order,
N, = Number of operations of the ith order.
JISI = Number of jobs in the system. when the ith order anives,
- Number of jobs in the work center queues on the ith order's Q - routing when it arrives,
![Page 90: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
WIQ; = Total work in the work center queues on the ith job's routing
when it arrives.
The importance of due date tighmess fies in the fact that the selection of the ievel of this
quaatity ~ i ~ c a n t l y affects the due date performance of the orders. M e n due dates can be
influenceci, an implicit objective is to assign due dates as tight as possible. Althou$ loose
comfortable due dates ceduce the mean tardiriess and the percent of tardy orders, tight due
dates. provided that a manufacturer is able to meet them, attract more customen in a
competiuve market and irnply better customer service.
What should be considered as the measure of due date tightness really depends upon the
principal performance measure of the system at hand. For example in most of the existing
studies the due date tighmess has been expressed as a function of tlow allowance, and some
combination of job atuibutes and the current statu of the shop floor.
In these studies cost information was usuaily not considered. What shouid be the rneasure
of due date tightness when some kind of cost information is involved (as in the preseat
system for which the different kinds of cost component hvolved have been already
mentioned in the previous chapter), is not suaightforward.
In the present system the principal performance measure is Overall Percent .4chievement
(OPAI, which was defined in section 3.4 and which cm also be expressed as:
Total loss from al1 ordcrs Maximum possrble revenue b a i couid have been carned from al1 orden- 1
The severity of the pressure of meeting due date requirements in a particular simarion gven
this objective depends on many parameters of the system Among them demand level, flow
time aiiowance, tardiness co s factor are the ttrree most signïfîcant parameters which affect
and determine how difficult it might be to achieve a hi& OPA.
![Page 91: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
As can be seen from equations (3.4a) and (3.4b), the tardiness loss depends on Ku and
R e m A in the case of a regdar order and by Ktu and Ur-A in the case of an urgent order.
if the flow time aiiowance (RegFTA or UrgFïA) increases, the tardiness of an already tardy
order decreases and hence OPA increases. Again if Ktr (and hence Ktu, as they are related)
decreases, tardiness loss decreases and hence OPA increases.
So from the above analysis it is clear chat RegFTA, UrmA, Ku, Ktu are the fundamental
parameters in addition to demand level (DL) which primarily control OPA Le. these
parameters control how difficult or how easy is the situation with respect to improving the
performance measure of the system. To specify a level of due date tighmess, it is needed to
specify the set (DL, RegFïA, UrgFiA, Krr, Km} when other factors (e.g. DLV, FTV) are
kept at certain values.
If the system encounters a situation with higher DL, shorter flow ailowance, higher KU (and
hence higher Km) or any combination of them then the situation will correspond to a tighter
level of DDT, compared to the Ioose level of DDT. where DL is Lower, flow aiiowance is
larger and Ku is smaiier or any combination of these three. In the present research DL is
aiready considered as a separate experimental factor on its own, so DL has been decoupled
from the deftnition of DDT and only a set of values of flow allowance and tardiness cost
factor is considered to defme a level of DDT. In the experiments in this thesis, the due date
tighmess has k e n varied at two such different levers, whicti will be mentioned in the next
section.
4.2 The Choice of Merent Factor Leveis For the Preliminary Experiments
Immediately beiow are listed the factor leveis of the main experimental factors, which are
used in the preliminary study. In later text these 6ve factors are often referred to as the
![Page 92: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
"environmental factors" since in a real manufacturing environment they wodd be beyond
an organization's control,
DL = (0.75.0.80,0.85,0.90,0.95)
DLV = {0.1.0.35,0.6,0.85, l.O}
PTV = {0.1,0.2,0.3)
PU0 = (O. 0.05.0.10,0.15,0.20}
DDT = {"Loose". 'Tight")
The base levels of the above five parameters are (0.85.0.1.0.1.0.05, "Loose") in order of
their appearance.
A "Loose" Ievel of DDT is characterized by the values of R e W A = 30. UrgFTA = 20, and
Ku = 0.03333 with these values chosen so chat they field OPA = 90% (approximately) when
working with AR = FA, OR = MM. and DR = FSFS under an environment such that al1 of
the environmentai factors are at their base levels. Note th8 these settings imply that an order
will Iose al1 its revenue if it is tardy by its flow aiiowance.
A 'Tight" level of DDT is set with RegFïA = 2 1, UrgFïA = 14. and Ktr = 0.05952 so that
the system cm achieve OPA = 58% (approximately) when working under the same
conditions as in the case of the "Loose" level. Note that with these senings, if a regular order
or an urgent order is tardy by 80% of its flow time allowance. the order wiU lose all its
revenue.
To understand the sipnificance of the levels chosen for the varïability in the &val process,
the probability density functions (of the underlying Gamma distribution) for the inter-arriva1
time have been plotteci in Figure 4.1 with the coefficient of variation qua1 to the vaiues in
the set {O. 1.0.35. 1.0) and with the mean value in al1 cases king 1.0.
![Page 93: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
Inter-arriva1 Time Distribution for üifferent CoV
0.0 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0
inter-arriva1 Time
Figure 4.1: Gamma Distribution at Different CoV
The Kr and Ku panmeters are not varied during the experiments. Kr has been arbitrarily
chosen lis unity while Ku has been set equai to 1.25. Le. each urgent order will have 25%
more potentiai revenue than a regular order of same job type.
-1.3 Prelirninary Studies on the System Under Fuii Acceptance
This section reports on a series of experiments which are explontory in nature, their purpose
being to explore how the basic system performs withour implementing any input controi
suategy as the environmental factors are vatied. The specific preliminary studies that have
been c h e d out are the foilowing:
(a) When ody regular orders are involved, and al1 arrïving orders are accepted and
released to the shop floor immediately and the active dispatching rule is FSFS,
( i ) How do OPA and RxPA (for x = 1.U or, 4) Vary with respect to DL,
DLV. PTV, RegFïA and Ku?
![Page 94: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
(ii) How does overall flow tirne (OFT) and the flow tirne for x-step
orders (RxFT), where x = L2.3 or, 4 Vary with respect to DL, DLV,
Pm?
(b) When there are two categones of order (one king relatively more urgent than the
other) and when aii arriving orden are accepted and released to the shop floor
immediateiy and the active dispatching d e is S/OPN,
(i) How do OPA, RxPA and UxPA (for x = 13-3 or. 4) Vary with respect
to DL. DLV, PTV, RezRA. UrgFTA, and Ktr?
(ii) How does overall flow time (0F.T) and the flow time for x-step
orders (M. U m , where x = 1-73 or, 4 Vary with respect to DL,
DLV. Pm. RegFïA. and UrgFTA?
in the fmt set of experiments oniy regdar orders were considered and the dispatching d e
used was FSFS. whiIe in the second set, urgent ordets were also considered and the
dispatching d e used was S/OPN. in aii experiments the system was simuiated for 5
replications each of length 83520 hours after a warm-up period of 1 1520 hours. From the
first replication of each experiment in the fmt set. a sufficient number of values of different
quantities were written to an extemal file and were subsequentiy pmcessed by a spreadsheet
to be used in the study of the scenarios where only regular orders are involved.
4.3.1 Eidings from the PreIiminary Studies
(i) Table 4.1 shows the calcuiated values of different variants of percent achievements
(i-e. OPA and RxPA) as obtained h m the spreadsheet at a hxed value of Ktr =
![Page 95: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
0.05567, for different values of DL and RegFTA as shown- Here, each of DLV and
FïV was fmed at 0.1.
Table 4.1: OPA and RxPA at Different Values of DL and RegFTA (fmed Ktr)
i OPA i 94.33 j 97-11 / 98.86 ; 8830 i 9 1 s ( 9 4 . 2 i 46-76 76 50.41 j 53.94 / RIPA / 95-97 1 98.32 1 99.45 / 88.60 9252 / 95.37 i 23.68 / 30.37 / 36.30 ' I =PA ; 9452 / 97.46 1 99.M 1 87.34 1 91.28 i 94.41 i 35.59 / 10.80 1 45.67 I R3PA t 94.31 1 97.12 ! 98.82 1 88.39 91.62 i 94.34 i 48.25 1 51.71 / 55.13
From the table it is clear that for the same value of DL, if RegFïA is increased each
of the performance measures is going to irnprove. Also. for the same RegFïA if DL
is increased, performance is going to worsen.
From the simulation of the system, the values of OPA and RxPA for different values
of DLV and PTV are shown in Figure 4.2 and Figure 43, when DL was at 0.75 and
other environmental factors are held fmed at their base levels. It can be observed
h m Figure 4 2 that, as DLV increases, OPA and W A (for x = 1,2,3,4) decrease.
Mso, for larger x. RxPA is affected more and its value decreases at a faster rate, with
the increase of DLV. Similar observation c m be made h m Figure 4 3 which shows
that as P ï V increases OPA and RxPA decrease.
(1) 0 PA. RxPA vs DLV
60 J 0.1 OS5 1
DLV
-0PA -RIPA -x-RZPA -R3Ph +RIPA
Figure 4 2 EEect of DLV on OPA and RxPA
![Page 96: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
( 2 ) O PA. RxPA os P'W
Figure 4.3: Effect of PTV on OPA and RxPA
(ii) To expiore how flow time is affecced with respect ro DL, DLV and Pm, both the
mean and the coefficient of variation (CoV) of flow time were observed. Whcn DL
was k i n g vriried. DLV md Pm were kepc at 0.1 and when either of DLV or PTV
wrts varied, DL was held at a value of 0.75. The results are shown in Table 4.2. From
the table it cm be seen h a t both the mean and the coefficient of variation of any
variant of flow cime (i.c. OFT and RKFTl increase with the increase of DL DLV or
m.
Table 4.2: Mem and CoV of OFT. RxFT for Different DL, DLV and Pm
DL DLV PTV 0.75 0.85 095 0.10 055 1.00 : 0.10 ; 0 3
OFT 18.07 17.60 91.74 18.07 18.92 2039 , 18.07 ; 19.23 I
R I E 8.68 14.31 57.81 8.68 9.20 10.40 ' 8.68 9.16 Mean R7FT 14.87 13.44 83.29 14.87. 15.60 17.46 i 14.87 15.131
EUFT 19-12 2915 IO249 19.I1 70.01 27.20 119.17' 70.32 4 13-23 33.02 115.72 22-73 3.3 25.55 1 2 . 3.73 OFT 0.43 0.48 0.69 0.43 0.45 0.49 0.43 1 1-46
RIFT 0.83 0.89 109 , 0.83 0.86 , 0.90 0.83 i 0.87 cov R7FT 0.50 0.56 0.78 0.50 O53 0.57 0.50 1 0.53
R3FT 0.36 0.42 0.65 0.36 0.39 ' 0.43 0.36 i 0.39 RJlT 0.77 O34 0.58 0 . 7 0.30 0.35 0.27 ' 0.30
Aiso it is interesthg CO observe at this point how the pocential revenue (i-e. the maximum
possible revenue that can be earned if di orciers are accepteci and fiaished on tirne), tardlliess
![Page 97: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
82
cost. and actual revenue emed (i.e. potentid revenue less tardiness cost) vary as the demand
level increases in the situation when aU orders are reguiar and are accepted and released to
the shop tloor immediately, when dl the environmental factors are at their base levels. This
is shown in Figure 4.4.
This has aiso been compared with the situation when ail orders are regular and the orciers are
accepted according to the BUS AR mle with a fixed vaiue of RL-BUS (= 29.05 hours), and
the accepted orders are released to the shop fioor immediately, when d l the environmental
factors are kept at their base Ievels. This latter case is depicted in Figure 45 .
ûüferent Cost ReIated Te rms vs DL (Full Accepnce)
Figure 1.4: Different Cost Related Terms vs DL (Full Acceptance)
![Page 98: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
+ Potentid Revenle + A c t d Revenue -tTydiness Cost + Rejestion Cost
Figure 4.5: Different Cost Related Terms vs DL (BUS Al1 Regular Scenario With Fixed RL-BUS)
4.3.1.2 Two Classes of Order
( i ) To study how OPA. RxPA and UxPA (for x = 1,2 ,3 .4) vary with respect to DL,
DLV, Pm. RegFïA and UrgFTA in the two order class scenario, each of these
factors was varied on its own across the values listed below. while other factors were
kept rit the values shown in bold font in the following list.
DL = (0.75,0.85,0.95]
DLV = (0.1,0.55, 1.0)
PTV = {0.1.0.3]
PU0 - - (0.05,0.15,0.25}
RegFTA = (25.30. 35)
UrgFïA = (10,15,20]
![Page 99: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
The full results from these experiments are tabulated in Appendix F. The resdts
show that OPA or any variant of OPA (i-e. RxPA or UxPA), is affected by DL, DLV
and PTV in a sirnilar way as in the case of ail regdar orders. With increasing DL.,
DLV or PTV, OPA or any of its variants decreaçes. In addition to this effect, what
is interesthg is the effect of RegFïA, UrgFTA and PU0 on OPA, RxPA and UxPk
The corresponding results from the Appendix F are reproduced in the foUowing
Table 4 3 for easy reference.
If PU0 increases. each of OP& RPA, UPA. RxPA. and UxPA (for x = 1,2,3,4)
decreases. This is due CO the fact that as PU0 increases the average job flow
aiiowance decreases which leads to an i n m e in tardiness costs.
Table 43: OPA, RxPA and UxPA for Different PUO, RegFïA and UrgFTA r ?
1 I 1 P U 0 I R r n A I UC3FTA
1 1 0.M / 0.15 1 025 1 25 1 M 35 1 10 1 15 20 -
m e n RepFTA increases, OPA and RPA increase k a u s e the reguiar orders in the
system wiU have more fiow ailowance and hence the tardiness of the already tardy
orders wili decrease. Interesringly UPA aiso impmves since under a S/OPN
dispatching mie, increasing R e W A will cause urgent orders to be even more high
priority than usual.
j OPA ( 90.18 / 8856 1 86.81 1 84.03 1 90.18 ( 94.14 ) 87.26 1 89.05 90.18 i RPA / 89.92 ( 87.53 1 84.63 1 83.56 ( 89-92 j 94.01 i UPA 194.201 93.29 192.06 1 91.19 j 94.20 196.13
RIPA 1 76.08 , 71.73 66.89 1 58.45 ; 76.08 ; 85.83
89.01 1 89.02 1 89.92 1
W A / 78.71 I 73.91
60.65 7281 76.59
90.88 1 91.38 94.59 1 95.07
' R3PA ( 91-38 1 89.17 1 86.24 1 86.18 1 9138
/ R4PA 1 95.07 , 93.83 1 9219 1 9205 1 95.07
68.97 1 64-89 1 78.71
89.45 73.38
94.88 1 90.76 96.97 1 94.60
8748
94.20 , 76.08
1 UlPA ; 8283 82.06 176.14 1 54-12 1 81.83 1 92.18 ! 96.13 189.951 8283
76.33 1 78.71
U2PA 1 94.89 93.91 1 9260 i 88.27 1 94.89 97.37 ( 89.64 / 94.77 1 94.89 1 U3PA 1 95.32 1 94.18 1 93.12 1 93.91 1 95.32 96.72 1 6852 91.93 / 9532
U4PA ] 93.23 1 9263 1 91 35 1 9703 , 93.23 1 94.99 i 3207 8331 j 9323
![Page 100: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
For a similar reason, when U r m A increases, al1 of the percent achievement values
increase irrespective of order class.
(ii) Using the same settings as in (i), the infiuence of DL, DLV. PTV, PUO, RegEI'A and
U r m A on overail flow time and its different variants bas k e n studied. Zn each case,
both the mean and the coefficient of variation was observed. The important
observations from the results are as foUows. KDL, DLV or PTV increases, both the
mean and the coefficient of variation of any kind of flow time inmases. if PU0 is
increased, the mean and the coefficient of variation of the flow time again increases,
As the flow aiiowar.ce of one class of order increases, the mean of any variant of its
flow time rises, while that of the other class of orders goes down. This dso can be
attributed to SIOPN being the active DR here, as explained earlier. A complete
cabdation of results is given in Appendix F.
4.4 Reliminary Experiments Invoivuig Input Control Mechanisms
This section reports on two sets of experiments which involve a two stage input control
mechanism Le. a situation where the system is working under the conmi of an acceptfreject
d e and an order release d e . In the first set of experiments, no urgent orders are considered
and the objective is to observe, anaIyze and understand the behavior of the two stage input
control mechanism when the control limits involved in the accept/reject d e and the order
release d e are varied. The setup of this set of experiments is described in detaii in the next
section. The second set of experiments rnainly deal with different combinations of
acceptlreject d e , order release d e and dispatch d e , when two classes of orders are
considered. The focus of this second set of experiments is on exarnining the impact on OPA
of dinerent combinaiions of levels of the control limits that are involved in the acceptlreject
d e s and onier release d e s .
![Page 101: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
4.41 Experhents Involving Oniy %egulaiJ' Orders
Immediately below are listed the values of the environmental factors and the main qualitative
control parameters used in these experiments:
DL = 85% DDT = Loose DLV = O. 1 AR = BUS PTV = O. 1 OR = BUSM PU0 = 0% DR = FSFS
The enWonmentai factors (except PUO) have been kept at their base Ieveis. In these
experiments RLBUS has k e n varied through { IO, 15,20,25,30,35) hours and for each
value of &BUS. CL-BUSM has been varied througb (5 , 10. 15.20,25.30,35) hours. Ih
c-ng out each experiment. the system has been simulated for 5 replications. during each
of which statistics were collected for 72000 hours after a warm-up period of 1 1520 hours so
rhat the haif-widths of the estimated performance measures of interest are within 0.1% of
their rnean values.
The performance measures that have k e n observed in these experiments are as follows:
OPA, OPTL. OPRL,
Overail flow time @Fi'), Overaii manufacturing Iead tirne (OMLT), Overail
waiting time in the order release pool (OWTORP),
Variabiiity (i-e. CoV) in the load in the order release pool, and
Variability (Le. CoV) in On.
The objective of this set of experiments was CO expIore how vatying the control limits of the
AR and OR d e s effem a number of important performance measures including OPA,
O P n , OPRL, On, OMLT, OWTORP. and &O the variability of OiT as well as that ofthe
load in the ORP in the presence of an AR d e otber than full acceptance.
![Page 102: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
Effect on OPA. OPTL and OPRL
The values of OPA. OPTL and OPRL from the experiments have k e n ploned and presented
in Figure 4.6. Each point in a plot represents the average of the five averages of the
corresponding quantity from the five simulation replications. Each plot is drawn at a
particufar level of RLBUS, when CLBUSM is king varied
The following observations can be made h m tbis expriment:
(a) At any level of RL-BUS, OPA increases with CL-BUSM,
(b) At a particdar R U U S . OPTL decreases with increasing CL-BUSM,
(c) At a particular RLBUS, OPRL decreases with the increase of CL-BUSM,
(d) There is an optimum value of RL_BUS for which the system achieves the maximum
possible OPA,
(e) At a panicular CL-BUSM. OPTL decreases with RL-BUS,
If) At a particular CL-BUSM. OPRL inmases with the decrease of RLBUS.
At a fixed ievel of &BUS, a lower value of CL-BUSM causes the system on average to
hold an order in the order release queue for a longer tirne. Due to this the average o v d
rnanufacturing lead time (OMLT) will reduce (as WU be seen in the next section) but this
fields no improvement in overaii flow time due to the increase in the average overail waiting
M i e in the order release queue (OWTORQ). As a result OPTL increases as CL-BUSM
decreases, AIso as the average speed ofjobs through the system decreases. overail congestion
in the system increases. which results in OPRL aiso increasing as CLBUSM dmeases.
Thus, the system suffen larger losses as CL-BUSM decreases or. in other words, OPA
inmases with U-BUSM. Wùat the value of OPA at a particuiar combination of RL-BUS
and CLBUSM wiïi be. depends on how much loss (through tardiness and rejecrion loss) is
cause& It has been already seen that at a particular value of RLBUS, OPA depends on
CL-BUSM. Now at a fixed CL-BUSM, if RLBUS increases the system wiii accept more
![Page 103: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
0 P A . O f I l . O P R L ~ C L ~ ~ OPA. O P a OPRL r CL I W O )
OPA OFIL 0PRI .a CLiRL1JI OPA OP'& OPRL a CL I L - I O )
orders and this will make OPTL increase owing to the increased load in the order release
queue. although it wiU reduce OPRL. So the maximum OPA will correspond to that set of
vaiues of the control lirnits which makes the total loss minimum. As at a particular RL-BUS,
OPA increases with CL-BUSM until average OWTORQ becomes zero, so it can be said that
for this manufacturing system, under these specific conditions, immediate retease of the
![Page 104: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
accepted orders to the shop floor will$ve the best OPA So the rernaining controi limits that
need to be properly chosen are the conuol limits of the active acceptlreject d e (i-e.
CL-BUSM can be set to equal -US to cause immediate release of accepted orders).
Effect on OFT. OMLT and OWTORQ
Figure 4.7 presents the effecrs on OFT. OMLT and OWTORQ. Plots have been drawn in
the same manner as for the previous set of plots.
The following observations can be made fiom this experirnent:
(a) At any parcicular RL-BUS, with the decrease of CL-BUSM, OFï increases. OMLT
decreases and OWTORQ increases at a higher rate than OMLT decreases,
(b) At a partidix Ci-BUSM. if RL-BUS decreases, O R . OMLT and OWTORQ
decrease.
At a particular RL-BUS if CL-BUSM decreases, an accepted order, on average. wiii be heId
up in the order release queue for a Longer time which causes the shop floor to be less
congsted and OMLT to decrease. However as the increase in OWTORQ is larger than the
decrease in OMLT, OFT (being the s u m of those two), consequentiy increases. if RLBUS
decreases. the system rejects more ordes and hence it will be less congested which will
result in decreased OMLT. Aiso. the order reiease queue wiii not be overloaded and due to
Iess jobs in the system, orders from the order release queue are released quickly which results
in decreased OWTORQ. Since bah OMLT and OWTORQ decrease. clearly OFT wiil
decrease too.
![Page 105: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
- - pp -. - -.
Figure 4.7: OR. OMLT and OWTORQ vs. CL (for Different Values of RL)
Effect on the Variabilitv of Order Arriva1 into the ORO and on the Variability
of the Load in the ORO
Figure 4.8 depicts the effect of the control Iimits of the accept/reject rule and the order
![Page 106: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
rdease mle on the variability (CoV) of the order arrivai process into the ORQ md also on
the variability (CoV) of the load in the ORQ.
CoV or Arrinl i i d O PQ Loid n C L i P W S CoV of .&miml .id OPQ Laid n C L iRG541
-cC~V-ORQ-LU~II +CiV-ORO-IAT -CuV-ORQ-Luad -CoV-ORQ-IAT .
CoV of Arrinl i i d OPQ Laid n C L ! P L U ) CeV of Arrinl i i d ORQ Loid n CL I R L U I
ÇoV 014rrinl a i d 0 P Q Laid n C L i I I L I S 1 CoV of Arrlnl n id ORQ Lon4 VI C L i l t L l W i
Figure 4.8: Variability of Inter-arrivai Time to the ORQ and Load in the ORQ vs. CL (for Different Values of RL)
The followin_e observations c m be made h m this experiment:
(a) At a particular value of RLBUS, the CoV of the inter-&val tirne of orders into the
ORQ decreases with the increase of CL-BUSM,
![Page 107: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
O>) At a particuiar vahe of RL-BUS, the CoV of the load in the ORQ increases with
CL-BUSM. Note that for aii cases where L-CL the CoV of the load in the ORQ
is zero since these cases correspond to the immediate release.
(c) At a particular value of CLBUSM. as RL-BUS decreases, the variabiiity of both the
quantities increase.
Regarding the variability in the load in the ORQ, it rises witb CL-BUSM if RL-BUS
remains at a particular value. The load level in the ORQ depends on the rate of load input to
the ORQ (guided by &BUS, CL-BUSM and also the rate at which the shop floor
processes the released Load) and the rate of load release h m ORQ (which is guided by
CL-BUSM and the rate at which the shop floor processes the released load). When
CL-BUSM is zero and RLBUS is very hi$ (which is equivalent to accepting al1 orders),
the average load in the ORQ wdl be at its maximum (among ail the possible combinations
of RL-BUS and CL-BUSM) and the profde of the load in ORQ over Ume wlil remain close
to this maximum. This happens because of the foiiowing m o n . In the above situation, the
rate of releasing the Ioad h m ORQ is Iower than the rate of aniving candidate load (a
portion of which is rejected) to the system. So whenever a portion of the Ioad in the ORQ is
released. the m m thus created in the ORQ dong one or more routes is fdled up by aniving
candidate load before more room is created in the sarne route(s) or other and this happeus
with a high probability. Thus the total load in ORQ rernains high. Also, the load in ORQ
cannot increase beyond the aforementioned maximum limit due to the presence of low
CL-BUSM redting in a low variability in the load in the ORQ.
Effect on the Variabiiitv of Overail Flow Time ( O m
Figure 4.9 shows the effect of varying the coatrol limits on the variability of flow time. The
obsentations that can be made h m this experiment are:
(a) At a partidar value of &BUS, if CL-BUSM increases, the variability in OFï
![Page 108: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
93
increases. The rate of increase pdual ly slows down at higher values of CL-BUSM.
b If RL-BUS changes. the change in variability of OFï depends on the combinarion
of values of RL-BUS and CL_BUSM. At higher values of CL-BUSM the variability
of OFï decreases with RL-BUS. wtiile for CL-BUSM <= 15, the variability of OFï
decreases with RL-BUS (from 35 backward in the figure) until RL-BUS = 20, after
which the variability starts increasing with the decrease of RI,-BUS.
CoV of OFT vs OR Limit at Different RL
O R Control L imi t
- - - -
Figure 4.9: CoV of OFï vs. CL (for Different Values of RL)
4.4.2 Experiments Involving Both Regular and Urgent Orders
For these experiments. AR. OR and DR are vaïed through (TAL. BUS 1. {TRL BUSM and
[EDT. SIOPN} respectively and for each of these eight combinations of conuui d e s
relevant HL. RL and CL are varied through ( 10.20,30}, { 10.20.30) and [ 10. 15.20.25,
![Page 109: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
30) respectively. Each of these experiments is carried out at the following specific values of
the environmental factors, which are chosen to be their base level values.
DL = 85%
DLV = O. 1
PTV = 0.1
PU0 = 5%
DDT = "Loose" .
in order to avoid performing an excessively large number of simulation runs, instead of doinp
experiments according to a full factoriai design, a different approach has been followed. Four
regession models. one for each combination of AR and OR, have k e n built. Each regession
mode1 connects OPA and other relevant changïng parameters (i.e. DR and relevant HL, RL
and CL). From each of these regression equations, OPA can be predicted for different vaiues
of rhese chanmg parameters. For each of the regression equauons. a cubic polynomial in
DR HL. RL and CL éas k e n fit to the observed values of OPA from a specified set of
experiments. It is assumed that a cubic poiynomial will adequateIy represent the m e
relationship between OPA and those parameters. The set of experiments was chosen h m
a range of possible experiments (correspondhg to a full factorial expehentai design) by
means of a D-optimai design (John and Draper, 1975) under the restriction tha~ the effects
considered (Le. the terms appearing) in the regression equation can be estimateci from this
optimum (minimum) set of experiments. This D-optimal design was carried out using the
SAS statisticai software package, Appendix G provides a brief description of this approach.
However as a criticism of this approach it shouid be noted that this D-optimal design does
not ,parantee that these effects are estimated without confouuding each other. As a resuit,
the coefficients of the krms appearing in the regression equation may be biased. This means
that, recogaizing these coefficients as random, the expectation of these coefficients are not
![Page 110: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
necessarily equal to their me value. However, (a) as this bias creeps in not only due to the
incorrect experirnental design to estimate these coefficients but aiso due to the incorrect
choice of the postuiated regession mode1 (Draper and Smith, 1966) and, (b) as it is very
complex to identa afrocrional experimentai design where al1 the chosen effects (appeathg
in the regression equation) can be eshated without confounding each other, it was decided
to recourse to a Poptimal design.
A brief general introduction of the D-optimal design, a justification of the effects chosen in
the regession equations, and the exact SAS program to generate one of these D-optimal
desigus (the others are similar) are given in the Appeadur G.
Effect on OPA
Different values of HL. RL and CL (corresponding to appropriate AR and OR) as well as DR
(whose possible values are EDT and SIOPN). are plugged into the regression equations thus
obtained. to predict the value of OPA. The complete set of results is presented in tabuiar
form in Appendix H. From the results the key observations are as follows:
(a) For any combination of AR, OR and DR at any pair of values of HL and RL, OPA
increases as CL incmses,
(b) in the above experiments, the SIOPN d e performs better than the EDT nile, in al1
cases.
It has ken observed in section 4.4.1.3 that holding orders in the order release queue always
increases the average overall waiting t h e in the order release queue (OWTORQ) aithough
it reduces the average overall mauufacturing lead time (OMLT). Thus the benefit obtained
by reduction of OMLT is offset by the increase in OWTORQ so that the OFï increases and
as a resuit the system loses money through increased OFTL. This explains why OPA
inmases with the increase of the conuol lirnit of an order release de. In other words, when
![Page 111: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
OPA is the principai performance meanire to look a& it is always better to operate the system
with immediate release (MM) as the order release mie.
The results of the experiments suggest that using SIOPN as a dispatching d e is aiways
better than EDT. This is because EDT gives priority to a job on the basis of its due date
which is static in nature, while the criterion on which SIOPN works is based on a quantity
which is equai to the slack per remaining numkr of operations. This latter quantity is
dynamic in nanire and is updared to its most recent value when the decision is taken. if two
jobs, having equal due date, are competing for the same resource, then EDT wiii choose the
one having the earlier enuy time into the system. whatever rnay be its remaining slack per
number of cemainhg operations. Also. there is no mechanism in EDT to handle jobs with
negative slack. S/OPN handles these jobs on the bais of a cost criterion, wMe EDT keeps
on pnoriUing these jobs on the basis of due date which is inadequate in these situations.
![Page 112: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
Chapter 5
Main Experiments and Analysis
It has been observed in the preliminary experirnents on the uncontrolled manufacnrring
system (ie. when aI1 orden are accepted and rdeased to the shop floor immediately) how
overaii performance achievement (OPA) varies with the environmental factors. It has also
k e n observed that for tfie environrnentd factors at their base leveis, for any combination of
AR. OR and DR, immediate reIease (IMM) is the best order reIease d e and S/OPN is the
best dispatching nile as long as the principal performance measure concerned is OPA. In the
remainder of this thesis further experiments will be resuicted so that OR and DR are f i ed
at these levels. Thus the experiments reported in this chapter focus on the niaking of optimal
acceptireject decisions.
The chapter à_* with a study of how the main system performance measures Vary with the
control parameter(s) of the active accept/reject d e at different vdues of the environmentai
factors. The main focus of this chapter is on how different parameters of the accept/reject
des can be ophally chosen under different given vdues of the enWoumentai factors. The
sensitivity of this opcimal choice of conml parameters to variation in the environmental
factors is &O studied, Materiai is dso presented comparing the performance of each AR d e
(under op& vaiues of its conno1 paranieters) with the full acceptaace case (i-e. when al1
orders mus be accepted). The chapter concludes with a cornparison of the performance of
the h e e different acceptireject d e s considered in this research.
![Page 113: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
Throughout this chapter, acronyms are used extensively to refer to the experimental factors
and many performances of interest. PIease see Appendix D for the acronym giossary.
5.1 The Effect of the Control Parameters of the Accept/Reject Rules on the Main
Performance Measures
1 . The BUS AccepüReject Rule
To study the effect of the control parameters in the case of the BUS acceptfreject d e on the
main performance measures of the system at different values of the environmental factors,
RL-BUS is varied through ( 14,18,22,26,30} hours with HL-BUS hxed at 22 hours. This
is done when one of the environmental factors (Le. DL, DLV, PTV, PU0 or DDT) changes
across different values while others are held fixed at their base levels. ïhe values of these
environmental factors used in this experiment are as follows (with the base levels show in
bold font):
DL = (0.75,0.85,0.95},
DLV = (0.1.0.55, 1.0},
FTV = {O.l, 0.3},
PU0 = {0.05,0.15,0.25],
DDT = { "Loose", 'Tight" } .
For each of the different scenarios, the system has been simulated for 5 replications each of
length 83520 hours which inciudes a wm-up period of 11520 hours, so that a confidence
interval on the average of each of the observed performance measures has a haif width less
than or equd to 0.1% of the rnean value of the performance measure. The observed
performance measures are OPA, UPA, RPA, OPRL and OPTL Kgme 5.1 has ben drawn
with the environmental factors at their base levels. The figure shows that as RL incrwses
![Page 114: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
10 14 18 12 16 30 JJ
R L
- 0 P X -0PRL -0PTL
Figure 5.1: OPA. OPRL and OPTL vs. RL
OPA increases. The figure dso shows how the correspond in^ OPRL and OPTL Vary with
increasing RL to yield the resulting OPA. As EU increases, OITL increases while OPRL
decreases. if RL increases further (which is not shown in this figure), OPA will eventuaily
decline owing to the very high OITL dthough OPRL will be very low. So for a futed value
of HL. there can be found ri RL for which OPA is maximum where the totai loss. comprised
of rejection loss and tardiness Ioss. is the minimum for the given set of values of the
environmental factors. Keeping other environmental factors at their base levels, if DL is
varied, OPA is affected ris shown in the Figure 52. Each of the three curves in the figure
shows its convex nature but as DL increases the maximum vdue of OPA is achieved at lower
value of EU, which means that at a hi@ congestion the system wiii reject more orders to
Figure 52: OPA vs. RL Across DL
![Page 115: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
reach the maximum OPA.
If OPRL and OPTL are plotted (as shown in Figure 53 and Figure 5.4) for these three
values of DL under the s m e conditions of Figure 5.2, then it c m be observed that at a
particular RL, both OPRL and OPTL are higher at a higher DL and as RL increases OETL
driaticaily increases for higher DL. As the present system has a €ied capacity and the due
O P R L n R L across DL
-DL* 75 - D L d . 8 5 -DL4.95
Figure 5.3: OPRL vs. RL Across DL
date of the orders cannot be influenced, at a higher DL the system achieves the maximum
OPA by rejecting more orders (i.r. by lowering RL).
O Pn. n R L across DL
Figure 5.4: OPTL vs. RL Across DL
As DLV increases the vaiue of OPA at a particuiar HL and Ri, decreases. This is shown in
![Page 116: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
Figure 5.5. This figure is drawn with other environmental factors at their base levels. The
interaction effect of RL and DLV on OPA is insignificant in this particular scenario. As PTV
increases a similarphenomenon is observed as is stiown in Figure 5.6. In this case it can also
be observed chat at a higher PTV. the system tries to achieve the maximum OPA at a lower
value of RL, other conditions remaining unchanged.
O PA vs RL across DLV
v
IO I I 1Y 22 26 :O i 4
RL ---
A O L V d 1 + u w m 55 -0LV.I O
Figure 5.5: OPA vs. Rt Across DLV
O P A i r E L a r r i s , P T Y
Figure 5.6: OPA vs. RL Across Pm
Figure 5.7 shows the effect of P U 0 on OPA under varying RL with the other environmental
factors set at their base levels. At a lower RL. OPA is higher for higher PUO, whereas when
RL is high the scenarîo with lower PU0 wilI amin higher OPA.
ïhe effects of vaqing DDT on OPA are shown in Figum 5.8. At the 'Tight" level of DDT,
![Page 117: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
OPA drops at a much faster rate with increasing RL and d s o the systern tries CO attain the
optimum OPA at a lower value of RL. At the 'Tight" level of DDT, the flow dlowance of
an order is smdler and dso the tardiness cost penalty factor (Le. Ku) is higher. So to avoid
a high tardiness penalty. the system rejects more orders CO main the maximum OPA which
is achievable at chat condition.
O PA vs PL across PU0
Figure 5.7: OPA vs. RL Across PU0
O PA us RL icrers D D T
Figure 5.8: OPA vs. RL Across DDT
![Page 118: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
5.12 The TAL Accepü'eject Rule
To study the effect of the conml parameters in the case of the TAL acceptireject d e on the
main performance measures of the system at different values of the environmental factors,
RL-TAL has varied h u g h (50,100,150,200,350) hours with &TAL fixed at 50 hours.
This is done when one of the environmentai factors (Le. DL, DLV. FN. PU0 or DDT) is
varïed over the same range of values as for the BUS rule in section 5.l.l. while others are
held h e d at their base levels.
As for the BUS case, for each of the different scenarios the system has been simulated for
5 replications each of lene@ 83520 hours which includes a wami-up period of f 1520 hours,
so that confidence intervais on the average of each of the observed performance measures
have haif widths less than or equal to 0.1 % of the mean value of the performance measure.
The observed performance measures are OPA, UPA, RPA. OPRL and OPTL. PIOE
corresponding to those for the BUS d e in 5.1.1. are given for the TAL rule in Appendix K.
These plots wtiich are hopefully self-explanatory. yield highiy similar observations on how
variation of the environmental factors and of the TAL mlc's conuol limits affect
performance. The only interestinp observation that can be made in cornparison to the BUS
d e is that OPA is somewhat insensitive to increasing Ri, after a certain value of RL. within
the range of RL chosen for this experiment. The plots indicate that OPA is less sensitive
around the optimal value of the conml limit. compared to the BUS rule. However this is not
so in the case of a 'Tight" levei of DDT and in the scenarîo with DL = 0.95, in which case
the siope around the optimum is comparatively much steeper.
5.2 Fmding the Optimal Control Poiicy for Given Environmentai Conditions
'This section reports on an important and major aspect of this researcti which is to study how
ttie systemcan be optimaiiy conmlled under different environments by adjusting the conml
![Page 119: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
104
paramerers of the accept/reject d e s . Also it is of interest to snidy how sensitive this choice
of control pararneter(s) is with respect to variation in the environmentai factors. The
foltowing sections study this for each AR rule option. For each d e . two different cases viz
the case of al1 re,dar orders and the case of two classes of orders have k e n separately
studied
5.2.1 The General Approach to Fiding the Optimum
To find out what should be the optimal policy i.e. what should be the value(s) of conml
Iimit(s) when a certain acceptfreject d e is active, so that the system performs the besf the
general approach taken is described below. This same approach is folIowed in a i l cases
where the optimum is sought. This approach has two main steps:
(a) In the fmt step, a regression model is built which connects OPA and the conmllable
and environmental factors viz. HL, RL, DL. DLV, Pm. PU0 (not present if al1
orders are regular) and DDT.
(b) M e r the regression model is built, OPA is optirnized using this regression mode1
with respect to HL and RL when other factors are set at specific values. The
optimization is done by implementing the quasi-Newton search aigorithm CO fmd the
direction of search while forward differencîng is used to estimate the partial
derivatives of the objective function. An initial estimate of the basic variables in one-
dimensional search. is done by quaciratic extrapolation. OptimUation of this type can
be cairied out using the Microsoft Excel solver.
To budd a regression equation, a cubic polynomiai in six factors (when PU0 is zero) or
seven factors (when PU0 is non-zero) is fitted to the observed values of OPA, which are
obtained h m a specified set of experiments. This set of experiments Ïs determinecl by a D-
![Page 120: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
optimal design (see Appendix G for more derails on this technique) under the condition that
the effects appearing in the re-gession model are estimable. aithou@ not necessarily without
confounding each other. The criticism, assumption and the justification presented in the
previous chapter is again vaiid here. h the case of BUS and TAL acceptlreject d e s when
two classes of order are involved the set of experimenrs mentioned above (to build the
corresponding regression model) was equivalent to a full factorial expimentai plan.
Each regression mode1 thus built, is stochastic in nature as the coefficients of the terms in the
regession model are random. To optimize OPA with respect to HL and RL, it is required to
find out the maximum of the expected value of OPA for a l i possible pairs of values of HL
and RL (or Kincr in the case of the SIMUL AR d e ) . If a pair of values of these two controi
limits is piuged uito the cegrmion modeF the value of OPA thus obtained is the expected
value of OPA. So when the optimum OPA is determineci using the optimization method as
mentioned &fore. it is this expected value of OP.4 which is optimized. However when the
opthkation dgorittuncornpares between two values of the objective function in the process
of optimization, it does not consider the confidence interval around rhuse expected values
Le. in other words. the dgorithm assumes tliat the situation is deterministic.
To determine the quality of these re-gession rnodeIs. the predictions for OPA at some
specific sets of values of the environmeutai factors h m each of the models have k e n
compared with their corresponding values as obtained from the direct simulation of the
system. This comparïson is shom in Appendix I.
![Page 121: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
5.3 Optimal ControI with the BUS as AcceptIReject Rule
5.3.1 The Case of Al1 Regular Ortiers
These optimal values of &BUS are plotted in different figures which show how the
optimal choice of die control panmeters varies with different environmental factors. The
plots corresponding ro d l the main effects and only smng two-way interaction effects arnong
the environmental factors (as is obvious from the regession equation in the appendix) have
k e n presented in the foilowing sections.
5.3.1.1 Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed ar Their Base LeveIs
Figure 5.9 shows how the optimal conuol lirnit varies with DL h m 0.75 to 0.95 at a step
of 0.05 keeping other factors rit their base levels. From the figure it c m be observed that as
DL increases. RL drcreases. At each value of DL. RL is chosen so as ro give the most
appropriate balance between rejection and tardiness cos& that yields the overai1 best possible
Optimal Control Limit rn DL
- -
Figure 5.9: RL vs. DL (for BUS. P U 0 = 0%)
performance. Clearty. as DL changes, so does the balance point. When DL increases RL
needs ro be lowered further, otherwise too large a portion of the exmamount of arriving load
![Page 122: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
(due to increased DL) wiii enter into the system. resulting in excessive congestion in the
system.
5.3.1.1 tnfluence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.10 shows how the optimal choice of the conml Iimit is influenced by changing
DLV when DLV is varied through 0.1.0.35.0.6.0.85 and 1, while other factors are kept at
their base leve1s. The plot suggests chat as DLV increases beyond 0.35 the optimal value of
RL increases. A possible justification for this is as loliows. With increased DLV, for the
same DL. the systern encounters more intense peak Ioad interspersed with deeper and wider
mughs in load. However on average the system gets an opponunity to process surges in Ioad
during the following uough periods so that any tardiness penalties associated with ri surge
in Load are srnalier chan they would be at a lower DLV. Thus the total loss is minimized by
increasing K. . "-
Optimal Control Lirnit a DLV
O 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 DLV
Figure 5.10: RL vs. DLV (for BUS, PU0 = 0%)
5.3.1.3 Influence of PTV When Other Facrors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.11 was created by varying Pm through 0.1. 0.2 and 0.3 (while keeping other
factors at tfieir base levels) and shows how the optimal choice of the control iimït is
intluenced by PTV. The resuits suggests chat at tOis particuIar DL, RL decreases as PTV
![Page 123: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
increases over this particdar range.
.h Pm increases, the uncertynty in the duration of the processing urne of a task increases.
This Leads to rnore uneven congestion in the shop. Since the absolute error between the true
load and the simple estimate of ir (as the sum of mean task processing times) will be larger.
Underestimating the load wilf cause rnore congestion in the system leading to more tardy
los. wMe overestirnating the load will increasc the rejection loss.
Optimal Control Limit vs PTV
Figure 5.11: RL vs. PW (for BUS. P U 0 = 08)
A possible justification for the rdationship suggested in the plot is as follows. When the
system rejects an order al1 that is lost is the potentiai revenue of the order (i-e. the exact
magnitude of the pend- is known) and as an indirect effect. the processing of the existing
orders In the system and the orders which will be accepted in the near future are facilitated.
On the other hand. if an ordcr is accepted the maximum benefic that c m be achieved is the
tarning of the maximum revenue of the order but there is a twofotd risk rissociated with this.
They are a direct risk of tardy Ioss for this order which c m be more thm the maximum
potential revenue and an indirect risk which is rhe pmbabIe iardy Ioss due to the created
mess i through i n c r e d congestion) in the processing of the existing orders as well ris the
orders chat are going to be accepted in the sysrem in near future. So if PTV increases (with
DL or other factors unchanged) the system finds ir more economic to reject more orders.
![Page 124: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
5.3.1.4 influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.12 shows how the optimal choice of the conuol Iimit is influenced by chanping
DDT between "Loose" and 'Tighc" Ievels with other factors king kept at their base Ievels.
It c m be seen that RL decreases as DDT increases. The 'Tight" DDT Ievei indicares a short
fIow ailowance and a steep tardiness cost nre which W O U I ~ lead to significant increase in
tardiness costr, compared with "Loose" DDT at the same value of RL. As a result at the
'Tight" DDT level. the system uies to reject more orders by Iowering RL. This will increase
the rejection loss but the total Ioss wilI be minimized wirh this arrangement.
. . --
Optimal Conttol Limit vs DDT
Loose T i h t DDT
Figure 5.12: RL vs. DDT (for BUS. PU0 = 0%)
5.3.1.5 Influence of DL under Chanoine: DLV
Figure 5.13 shows how the optimai choict of the conml lirnit is influenced by DL when
DLV is dso changine. One plot is included for each of €ive Ievels of DLV with each plot
v-ing from 0.75 [O 0.95 3t a step of 0.05. The resuits suggest that at low DL. RL decreases
cis DLV increases. while at hi@ DL. RL increases with DLV.
![Page 125: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
Opt imal Control L i m l t r s D L tDLV=U. l i
O p i l m i l Conrrol L i m i t i r D L iDLV=O.bt
Opi lm8I C o i i r o l L i m i t i r D L i D L V - I 1
Figure 5.13: RL vs. DL under Changing DLV (for BUS. P U 0 = 0%)
5.3.2 The Case of Two Classes of Order
In the crise of two classes of order. the values of =-BUS ruid RLBUS to optimize OPA
s differenr values of the environmental factors are obtained as detailed exlier. These optimal
vdues of Ki-BUS and Ri-BUS are plotted in a range of figures in the iollowing sections
to show dl the main rffects and oniy strong two-way interaction effects mong the
environmental factors.
![Page 126: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
5.3.2.1 Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base LeveIs
Figure 5.14 shows how the optimal controi limits vary with DL from 0.75 to 0.95 at a step
of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base levels. It can be observed that (i) at DL = 0.75, RL
is higher than HL, (ii) üt a higher DL the system chooses HL to be higher than RL to opente
optimdly. ruid (iii) for DL within this higher range, HL does not Vary much with DL while
RL decreases as DL increases.
Optimal Control Limits vs DL
Figure 5.14: HL and RL vs. DL (BUS)
Possible justifications for these three observed phenornena are as follows.
i il When the system chooses HL io be higher than RL for optimal operation, it in effect
reserves some space for the anticipated future urgent orders by rejecting some regdar orders.
in this scenario. ody 5% of arriving orders are urgent which makes the rurivai of urgent
orders relatively Ïnfrequenc. So at a low DL of 0.75. reserving space for the urgent orders and
thus rejecting the ceguliir orders causes a rejection loss which is more than the extn revenue
that could have been eamed by accepting more urgent orders. So at DL = 0.75, to opente
optimdiy. more regular orders are xcepted by keeping RL p a t e r than HL.
i ii) At DL p a t e r than 0.75 however. the system shows a preîèrence for the urgent orders
over the r@ar orders. Here the systern fui& it beneficiai to reserve some extn space for
![Page 127: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
the urgent orders by rejecting some re,dar orders. The extra Ioss of revenue due to the
rejection of re-dar orders (compared to the situation when W R L ) is lower han the exua
revenue earned by accepting more urgent orders. This acceptance of exna urgent orders
would not have k e n possible. without excessively large increases in tardiness costs, if some
extra regular orders were not rejected.
However this does not necessarily mean that aii urgent orders are accepted. Accepting dl
urgent orders might increase the loss due to tardiness of both classes of orders. Due to the
variability in the arriva1 pmess in the system there is an uneven frequency of amval of
urgent orden. if aH the urgent orders are accepted by further Iowering RL (and hence by
rejecting more regular orders), during any period of low frequency of arrivai of urgent orders,
the loss suffered by the system due to the rejection of r@ar orders cannot be made up by
the revenue eamed even by al1 the urgent orders in this period. So the total b s s will Ïncrease
through the increased rejection loss. On the other hand if RL is not lowered M e r and a i l
the urgent orders are accepted, this will Iead to an increase in tardiness loss. So the optimum
arrangement has been to reject a requisite amount of urgent and regular orders so as to
miaimize the sum total of the rejection and tardiness loss of both urgent and regular orders.
(iii) The system under consideration is a h e d capacity system and is working here under
varying DL. To operate in an optimum fashion (Le. producing the maximum OPA at a gven
situation), RL and HL must adjust to protect the system appropnately from the dynamics of
the environment. Plots of OPRL and OPTL (see Figure 5.15) r e v d that during the interval
DL = 0.75 and 0.80. the system operates in an optimal fashion by accepting more orders
while beyond that region. it relies on rejecting more orders. In this figure the values of OPRL
and OPTL at a particular DL are plotted when the system operates opàmaiiy-
So beyond DLT0.80. the system mats orders of the two classes significantly differentiy.
Rather it is appomoning the urgent and regdar loads judiciously ( h u g h proper setting of
HL and RL) to maximue OPA. The system will always try to accept urgent orden as much
![Page 128: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
as possible (under the consaint that the total loss is minimized, as explained in the context
of observation (ü)). As DL is increased the frequency of urgent orders will also increase and
- . -+ - -. OPRL O P T L
Figure 5.15: OPRL and OPTL vs DL (BUS)
the system will q to accept these exua urgent orders fully (see the plot of UPRL and RPRL
in Figure 5.16. with the vaiues correspondhg to the optimd opention of the system).
dthough on an overall bais the system wiil opente optimalLy by rejecting orders (leading
to an increrise in OPRL) which is achieved through rejecting more recguhr orders (and not
the urgent orders). So RL wilI be reduced due to two reasons: (a) due to the increase in
demand level (this has k e n already explained in the context of "dl replar" case). and (b)
in order to be able to sccept exrra urgent orders without criusing overly large tardiness
pend ties.
UPRt and RPRL vs DL
![Page 129: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
5.3.2.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.17 suggests that there is Little influence of DLV on the choice of the optimd conml
limits when other factors are fixed at their base levels. Figure 5.18 shows that the maximum
values of OPA achievable at different DLVs do not Vary significantly either. These values
of OPA were obtained by simulating the system at the optimal values of the conuol limits
with the environmental factors set at the values for which the Figure 5.17 has k e n drawn,
Optimal Control Limits vs D L V
Figure 5.17: HL and RL vs. DLV (BUS)
Optimal O PA vs D LV
Figure 5.18: Optimal OPA vs. DLV (BUS, FA)
![Page 130: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
5.3.2.3 influence of PTV When Other factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.19 is created by varying PTV t h u g h 0.1,0.2,0.3 while keeping other factors at
their base levels. [t shows that varying PTV has Iinle influence on the choice of the optimal
control lirnits.
- -
Optimal Control Limits vs PTV
Figure 5.19: HL and RL vs. PTV (BUS)
5.3.7.1 Intluence of P U 0 When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Bue Levels
Figure 5.20 shows how the optimal choice of the control b i t s is influenced by chünging
PU0 from 5 8 to 25% at a step 015% when other factors are fixed at their base levels. From
the figure it can be obsewed that HL stays higher than RL over the whole range of PUO, and
dso that as PU0 increrises. HL cemains relatively constant while RL decreases slowly.
Optimal Control Limits w PU0
Figure 5.20: HL and RL vs. PU0 (BUS)
![Page 131: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
To gain insight into this scenario, it is useful to look at the plots showing how OPA, OPEU,
OPTL, UPRL, RPRL. LlFT'L and RPTL are varying with respect to PU0 when the system
is operating in an optirnai liashion. These plots are shown in Figure 5.21. The necessary data
for these plots were obtained by simulating the system with the control limits at their optimal
vaiues and the environmental factors set as for Figure 5.20.
The system frnds it economic to keep space for the urgent orden and to do this a necessary
amount of regular orders are rejected. Thus HL temains higher than RL. At DL = 85%. the
system opentes optimally by rejecting orders on an overall basis. if PU0 is increased. the
system accepts ail the extra urgent orders and RL is lowered accordingly to reject the
necessary quantity of regular orders so that the tardy ioss does not become excessive.
Opiimal OPA m PL0
- e O P A i BUS) - OPA i FA)
OPRL and O P n w Pt0
O 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.25 0.3 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.25 PU0
- - - - - -- PU0
- - -4.. - OPRL .+.OPTL -- -. - . - --
I W L O r n L
Figure 5.21: OPA, OPEU, OPTL. UPRL and UPTL vs. PU0 (BUS)
![Page 132: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
5.3.2.5 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.22 shows how the optimai choice of the conm1 limits is influenced by varying
DDT .xross two different ievels viz. "Loose" md'Tight" withottier factors kept at their base
levels. It can beobserved that at the tight level, RL reduces whüe HL increases compared to
the "Loose" fevel. This is expected because otherwise in the 'Tight" leval. the tardy loss wiii
inc~ase. So more orders are rejected. In both cases. HL remahs higherthan RL. When DDT
level chmges fmm +*Loose" to 'Tight", the corresponding OPA drops h m 95.3 12 to 90.824.
These values of OPA are obtained by simuiating the system at the optimal d u e s of the
control panmeters. with the environmental factors set rit h e values for which the Figure 5.22
has k e n drawn.
Optimal Control Lirnits vs DDT 38.33
Figure 5.22: HL and RL vs. DDT (BUS)
5.3.1.6 [nfluence of DL under Chanrrin~ DLV
Figure 5.23 shows how the optimal choice of the conmi iimits is influenced by DL under
changing DLV. From the figures it crin be observed that other than for low DL at 0.75, both
HL and RL are not vecy suongly affected by DLV.
An increase in DLV causes the system to encounter more intense peak load. When the
![Page 133: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
system operates at DL = 0.75, the system is less congested and hence is able to accept this
surge of load by increasing the control limits. So to operate optimaiiy at a low vdue of DL.
control litnits increase with increasing DLV. This increase is not significant when the system
opentes at a higher DL.
Opimai Cuntrd Limits s DL tDLVd.85)
Opiimai Contrd ümih wi DL (DLV=I )
Figure 5.23: HL and RL vs. DL under Changing DLV (BUS
Figure 5.24 shows how the optimal choice of the conuol lirnits is influenced by DL under
changing K'V while keeping other factors at their base levels. Here also it cm be observed
frorn the t i p e that at a low value of DL (0.75), the optimai choice of both the conml lirnits
![Page 134: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
are affected strongly while at higher DL, HL increases and RL decreases very slowly, if they
are sensitive at ai! to the chanse in K V .
0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 Ot
-rn ...ci... R --
Figure 5.24: HL and RL vs. DL under Changing PTV (BUS)
5.3.2.8 Influence of DL under Chanpina - PU0
Figure 5.25 shows how the optimal choice of control panmeters is influenced by DL under
çhanging PUO. It c m be obsemed tiom the figure that at DL = 0.75. HL increases with
increasing PUO. while iit higher DL. both HL and RL are reiatively insensitive ro changine
PUO.
![Page 135: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
Figure 5.25: HL and RL vs. DL under Changing P U 0 (BUS)
53.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of HL and RL for BUS on the Main Performance
Measures
In this section the effect of optimal choice of HL and EU on the main performance measures
has been studied. The performance measures of interest inctude OPA. UPA, RPA, UxPA,
RxPA. OPRL, RPRL, LJPRL, RxPRL, UxPRL. OPTL, RPTL., LJFTL, RxPTL, UxPTL. Each
![Page 136: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
of these effects is obsewed and plorted when one factor in the environmental set is varied
luid the others are kept at their base levels. These plots have been presented in groups in
Appendix J. Each such observation is obtained lrorn a simulation run of the system when
the control parameters are fixed at their corresponding optimal values while the
environmental factors are set at the values at which the plot is drawn. The plots are self-
explanatory as far as theu identification is concerned. This section highlights only the key
observations that cm be made €rom these plots.
Figure 5.26 shows that as DL increases OPA drops significantly but pe r fom much better
than when the system accepts dl orders. Figure 5.27 shows that at low DL, OPRL decreases
up to DL = 0.80. tifter which it increases significantly, showing that the system maintains
Figure 5.26: OPA vs. DL (BUS. FA)
- - - -
O P R L and O PTL vs DL
1 2 ,
O - 0 ' 5 O S O 8 5 O 9 O 9 5 1
- -- -- DL - -
- - - . - - - O P R L O P T L
Figure 5.27: OPRL and OPTL vs. DL (BUS)
optimal performance by increasing the proportion of orders rejected. OPTL keeps Iow
![Page 137: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
cornpared to OPRL al1 across DL >= 0.85. However when DLV, PTV or PU0 increases.
OPA drops very Little cornpared to when DL changes. With increasing DL. UPA and RPA
are appropriately adjusred as shown in Figure 5.28.
UPA and RPA w D L
--
Figure 5.28: UPA and RPA vs. DL (BUS)
Figure 5.29 illustntes how different cosr related r e m vary with respect to DL under
optimal control. Aiso Figure 5.30 shows how the avense total accepted shop load varies
with DL under optimal control.
Different Cost Related Term m DL (BUS Tm> Classes of Order Scenario With Optimal Conbol)
.. . . . .. - -
Figure 5.29: Different Cost Related T e m vs DL (BUS Two Classes of Orderj
![Page 138: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
Average hccepted S hop Load w DL ( B U S Two Classes of Order With Optimal Control
Figure 5 3 : Average Accepted Shop Load vs DL With Optimal Control (BUS, Two Classes of Order)
5.4 Optimal Control with the TcU as AccepüReject Rule
5.4.1 The Case of All Regular Orders
These optimal values of RL-TAL are plotted in different tigures which show how the
optimal choice of the conml panmeters varies with different environmental factors. The
plots corresponding to dl the main effects and only suong two-way intenction effects among
the environmental factors have been presented in the following sections.
5.4.1.1 influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base ievels
Figure 5.31 shows how the optimal conuol tirnit varies with DL over the range 0.75 to 0.95
rit ri step of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base Ievels. It can be seen that the choice of RL
is insensitive to variation in DL.
![Page 139: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
Optimal Control LimM vs DL
Figure 531: RL vs. DL (for TAL, PU0 = 0%)
5.4.1.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Leveis
Figure 532 shows how the optima! choice of the convoi ümit is influenced when DLV is
varied through 0.1.0,35.0.6,0.85 and 1, while other factors are kept at their base ievels. It
cm be seen that RL increases with DLV. The possible justification for this is the same as that
proposed in section 5.3.1.7.
Optimal Control Lirnit vs DLV
Figure 532: RL vs. DLV (for TAL, PU0 = 0%)
hfiuence of €TV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 533 shows how the optimal choice of the contro1Iimit is influenced when PTV is
![Page 140: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
Optimal Contra1 Limit vs PTV
Figure 533: RL vs. PTV (for TAL, P U 0 = 0%)
varied through 0.1.0.3 and 0.3. while keeping other factors at their base IeveIs. The results
show that RL decreases with Pm similaf to the case when BUS was the AR rule.
5-4.1.4 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed ar Their Base kve ls
Figure 5.34 shows how the optimal choice of the controi Iimit is intluenced when DDT is
varied ricross two different levels vir. "Loose" and 'Tight". other factors remaining at their
base levels. Tt c m be observed that RL decreases as DDT switches from the "Loose" to the
Optimal Control Limit vs DDT
~ o o s e Tight DDT
Figure 5.34: Ri. vs. DDT (for TAL, P U 0 = 0%)
'Tight" b e l . The system rejects more orders at the 'Tight" IeveI of DDT, IO cope with the
changed siruauon uf smdler flow dlowance and higher tardiness cost factor.
![Page 141: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
Influence of DL under ChanPing DLV
Figure 535 shows how the optimal choice of RL is inîluenced by DL over the range 0.75
to 0.95 at a step of 0.05 under changing DLV across the values O. 1,0.35,0.6,0.85 and 1.0.
It c m be obsemed that at any particular DL. RL increases with DLV, but for a particular
DLV. the optimal choice of control limits is relatively insensitive to the change in DL.
Optimal Control Limit m DL (DLV=O.l) 150
140 - - E 130 - - 120 - - : 710 - .= 100 -
0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 7
DL
Optha l Control Limit m DL (DLVS.6)
Optimal Control Limit us DL (DLV=l.OI
ODcimnl Coatrol Limit w DL (DLV=OJS)
Optimnl Coatrol Limit rs DL iDLV=û115)
139 99
r30 139.26 140.08
120
110 - - - - -
Figure 5.35: RL vs. DL under Chan~ing DLV (for TAL. PU0 = 08 )
![Page 142: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
5.4.1.6 Influence of DL under Chanaing - - Pm
Figures 536 shows how the optimal choice of RL is inîluenced by DL over the range 0.75
to 0.95 at a srep of 0.05 under changing PTV across the values 0.1.0.2 and 0.3. It c m be
observed that at any patticular DL. RL decreases with PTV. but at a particular PTV the
optimal choice is relatively insensitive to D L
O p i d Cmtrd t id t r DL PTV4.1)
-- O.? 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1
DL
Figure 9.36: RL vs DL under Changing PTV (for T L PUO=O%)
5.3.1.7 Intluence of DL under chan sr in^ DDT
Figures 537 shows how the optimal choice of RL is influenced by DL over the range 0.75
to 0.95 at 3 step of 0.05 under chan-eing DDT between the levels "Loose" and 'Tight". It can
be observed that at the 'Tight" leve1 of DDT, Ri. drarnaticaiiy goes d o m indicating thai the
![Page 143: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
Figure 5.37: RL vs. DL under Changing DDT (for TAL, PUû=û%)
system rejects a large nurnber of orders in the 'Tight" level DDT compared to its "Loose"
level.
5.4.2 The Case of Two Classes of Order
in the case of two classes of order. the vdues of HL-TAL and RL-TAL to optirnize OPA
at different vdues of the environmentai factors are obtained as detailedearlier. These optirnd
values of HL-TAi and RL-TAL ;ire plotted in a range of figures in the following sections
to show d l of the main effects.
Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 538 shows how the optimal control lirnits v q with DL from 0.75 to 0.95 at a step
of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base levels. €rom the figure die foiiowing observations
cm be made.
( 1 ) RL decreases with i n c r a i n t DL.
i 2) HL increases up to DL = 0.80, then decreases with increasing DL.
(3) RL is higher thm HL at any DL but at higher DL their difference reduces.
![Page 144: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
Optimal Control w DL
Figure 5.38: HL and Ri. vs DL (TAL)
5.422 influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.39 shows how the optimal conuol Limits vary with DLV across the values (O. l.
0.35. 0.6. 0.85, 1.01 keeping other factors at their base leveis. From the figure it c m be
obsewed that there is little influence of DLV on the optimal choice of HL and RL. The
Optimal Control Limits w DLV 220
O 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.0 1 1.2 DLV
L. -- HL . .O - - . RL
Figure 5.39: HL and RL vs. DLV (TAL)
values of OPA at these values of DLV with the respecave optimal conuol limits are (92.68,
92.73. 91.53. 90.47. 89.63) respectively as obtained from simulation of the system at
appropriate setthp. These values show that OPA decreases slowly as DLV increases.
![Page 145: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
130
5.4.2.3 Influence of Pm When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5-40 shows how the optimal control limits vary with PTV across the values {O. 1.0.2,
0.31 keeping other factors at their base levels. From the figure it cm be observed that both
RL and HL decrease with increasing PTV.
Optimal Control vs PTV
220 1
Figure 5.40: HL and RL vs. PTV (TAL)
5.4.2.4 lnff uence of P U 0 When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.41. shows how the optimal control limits vary with P U 0 across the values (0.05.
O. 1. 0.15. 0.30.0.25 j keeping other factors at their base Levels. From the figure it cm be
Optimal Control ts PU0
220 O
Figure 5.41: HL and RL vs. PU0 (T'AL)
![Page 146: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
13 1
observed that with increasing PUO, RL gradudiy decreases while HE, iacreases.
5.4.2.5 influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.42 shows how the optimal control Limits Vary with DDT across the levels ("Loose".
'Tight") keeping other factors at their base levels. It can be observed that, if the level of
DDT is changed from "Loose" to 'Tight", HL decreases while EU increases, RI. always
being ?pater than Hi.
Optimal Control w DDT
Loos e Tiqht DDT
Figure 5.42: HL and RL vs. DDT (TAL)
5.4.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of EEL and RL for TAL on the Main Performance
Meilsum
in this section the sffect of optimal choice of HL and RL on the main performance measures
has k e n studied when T L is the active acceptkject mie. These performance measures
include OPA. b'P.4, RPA. UxPA, W A . OPRL. RPRL, WRL, RxPRL. UxPRL. OPTL.
RPTL. L F L RxPTL, UxPTL. Each of these effects is observed and plotted when one factor
in the environmental set is varied while the others are held at their base levels. These plots
have k e n presented in p u p s in Appendix J. Each observation in a plot is obtained from
![Page 147: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
132
a simulation m of the system when the control parameters are fixed at their corresponding
optimal values while the environmentai factors set at the values for which the plot is drawn.
These plots are self-explanatory as far as their identification is concemed. This section
highlights only the most sigrilficant results evident from these plots.
When DL increases OPA is heavily affected but still remains better than the situation when
the system accepts al1 orders. On the other hand if DLV, PïV or PU0 is increased the
maximum achievable OPA is comparatively less affected. Also in each case, the perfomance
in terms of OPA remains better rtian that obtained in the corresponding full acceptance
scenario. For performance in the full accepmce scenario, please refer to Figure J2.1 in
Appendix J. When DL is above 0.80, OPRL rises dramaticaiiy while OPTL rises up to a
certain limit and then remains stabie, So with the increase of DL, the system operates
optimaiiy by rejecting more orders. In case of DLV also, as DLV increases, OPRL increases.
Except at very hi& DL (= 0.95). at al aber Ievels of DL, RPA is p a t e r than UPA. Also,
except at low DL the system performs better with larger regular orders as RxPA is better for
larger x.
5 5 Optimal Control with the SIMUL as AccepüReject Rule
53.1 The Case of Aii Regular Orders
O p b a i values of Kincr are piotted in a range of different figures which show how the
optimal choice of the control parameter varies with the environmental factors. Plots
con-esponding to al1 the main effects of the environmental factors have been presented in the
foliowing sections.
![Page 148: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
5.5.1.1 influence of DL When Other Factors Are Eixed at Their Base LeveIs
Figure 5.43 shows the influence of DL on the optimal choice of Kincr keeping other factors
at rheir base levels. It can be observed ttia as DL increases Kincr increases which means that
a larger proportion of arriving orders will be rejected.
Kincr vs DL
Figure 5.43: Kincr vs. DL (PU0 = 0%)
5.5.1 .2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed ar Their Base ievels
Figure 5.44 shows how the optirnd choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by
chmging DLV while other factors are kept at their base levels. It cm be observed from the
plot that as DLV increases Kincr nses up to a maximum before it drops again.
D L V .- -. -
Figure 5.44: Kincr vs. DLV (PU0 = 0%)
![Page 149: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
5.5.1.3 influence of PTV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.45 shows how the optimal choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by
changing Pm while other factors are kept at their base leveIs. It cm be observed h m the
plot that Kincr is insensitive to change in PTV.
Kincr vs P T V
Figure 5.45: Kincr vs. Pm (PU0 = 0%)
5.5.1.4 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.46 shows how the optimal choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by
changing DDT. It cm be seen that Kincr remains almost unchanged if DDT changes Ievel
from "Loose" to 'Tight".
Loose Tight
D D T
-.
Figure 5.46: Kincr vs. DDT (PU0 = 0%)
![Page 150: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
5.5.2 The Case of Two Classes of Oder
These optimal values of Kincr are plotted in different figures which show how the optimal
choice of the control parameters Vary with different envimnmentai factors. The plots
corresponding to al1 the main effects have k e n presented in the foilowing sections.
5.5.2.1 influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.47 shows how the optimal choice of control limit varies with DL from 0.75 to 0.95
at a step of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base levels. it can be observed that as DL is
Kincr vs DL
Figure 5.47: Kincr vs. DL (Two Classes of Orderj
increased Kincr decreases to a minimum before it rises again. A transition from DL = 0.75
to DL = 0.80. accompanies an increased frequency of arrivai of orders. The system accepts
more orders (in absolute terms) in this new situation. because the system is capable of
processin_e these extra orders over time and thus cm improve the value of OPA. But beyond
DL = 0.80. the system is not left with free capacity to process al1 further extra orders and
hence the exua miving orders due to increased frequency of arrivai at higher DL. need to
be rejected. Othenvise accepting those orders wïii increase the tardiness loss. So Kincr is
increased beyond DL = 0.80.
![Page 151: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
5.5.2.2 influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.48 shows how the optimal choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by
changing DLV whiIe other factors are kept at their base levels. It cm be observed that, as
DLV increases, Kincr reaches a minimum and then rises again.
Kincr vs D L V 0.95 -
O 0.7 0.4 0.6 0 . 8 I 1.2 D L V
Figure 5.43: Kincr vs. DLV (Two Classes of Order)
5.5.2.3 Muence of Pm When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 5.49 shows how the optimal choice of the conmi limit (Kincr) is influenced by
changing PTV while other factors are kept at their base levels. It cm be observed that, with
the increase of ?TV. Kincr increases. As FTV increases the uncertainty in the time to finish
a task increases. The system tries to reject more orders to prevent excessive tardiness penalty.
Kincr vs PTV
Figure 5.49: Kincr vs. PTV (Two CIasses of Order)
![Page 152: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
5.5.2.4 Influence of P U 0 When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base LeveIs
Figure 5.50 shows how the optimal choice of the control iimit (Kincr) is influenced by
chcuiging P U 0 when other factors are fixed at their base levels. It is observed that Kincr
increases with increasing PUO.
Kincr vs P U 0
Figure 550: Kincr vs. P U 0 (Two Classes of Order)
Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels
Figure 551 shows how the optimal choice of the conuol lirnit (Kincr) is influenced by
changing DDT with other factors kept at their base levels. it is observed that as the system
transits tiorn "Loose" to 'Tight" DDT. Kincr increases.
Loose Tight DDT
~
Figure 551: Kincr vs. DDT (Two Classes of Order)
![Page 153: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
5.53 Effect of Optimal Choice of Kimr on the Main Performance Measures
in bis section the effect of optimal choice of Kincr on the main performance measures has
been snidied when SIMUL is the active accepdreject rule. These performance measures
include OPA, UPA. RPA, UxPA. RxPA. OP=, RPRL, UPRL, RxPRL, UxPRL, OPTL,
RPTL. UPTL, RxPTL, UxPTL- Each of these effects is observed and plotted when one factor
in the environmental set is varied and the othea are held at their base levels. These plots
have been presented in groups in Appendix J. Each observation in a plot is obtained from
a simulation nui of the system when h e control parameters are fmed at their correspondhg
opùniai values while the environmental factors set at the values for wfrich the plot is drawn.
These pIots are self-explanatory as far as their identification is concemed. This section
highlights the most s i ~ i c a n t observations from these plots.
if DL increases OPA goes down dramaticaily. OPA seems to be relatively insensitive to
varyin; PUO, DLV or PTV. When each of chese environmental facton increases OPRL
increases with a moderare dope, wMe OPTL decreases or remains stable. The SIMUL d e
performs better for the urgent orders with a iower number of steps at any value of the
environmental facton. Please see Figure 533 in Appendix J.
Under SIMUL, the system rejects urgent orders with a higher number of steps more than the
urgent orders having fewer steps at any DL, PTV or PUO. But at higher DLV, urgent orders
with fewer steps ges rejected more than the urgent orders with higher nuniber of steps, as
UxPRL is higher in this situation, for lower value of x. Rejection of regular orders is very
Iow everywhere.
When the system is operallng under SIMUL. it always has UPRL higher than RPRL at any
condition of the environmentai factors.
![Page 154: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
139
5.6 Cornparison of the Performances of the BUS, TAL and SIMUL Rules
This section compares the performance of the three accept/reject d e s that have k e n
considered in this thesis on the basis of OPA, the principd performance measure of the
system, as obtained from siindation mm. The cornparison has been made when each
environmentai factor varies on its own at the following chosen levels (high, medium and
low) with orber factors held fixed at their base levels and dso at some specific combinations
of factor levels with other factors again fixed at their base Ievels. For each scenario, the
rnanufacnuing system was cuntrolled optimaiiy so that the maximum possible performance
is achieved at that scenario. The chosen levels for each factor are as follows:
DL = {O-75,0.85,0.95 1, DLV = (0.1.0.6, L.0).
PTV = {O.[, O.ZO.3},
PU0 = (0.05. O. 15,0.25},
DDT = {"Laose", 'Tight" 1.
W e doing this cornparison IMM and SiOPN are the chosen values for OR and DR
respectiveiy as before.
Each simuIation was m for 5 replications and the resuiting 5 vaiues of OPA were subjected
to paired t-test to compare their means. The means are shown in Table 5.1. Except for
scenarios (15), (16), (18) and (19), the mean OPA for BUS. TAL and SIMUL are always
significantly Merent. The mean OPA for BUS and SIMUL, Ui the above four scenafios are
not statistically different.
D c m be observed fiom the table that BUS is the acceptlreject d e which yields the best
performance for almost di scenarios consideted in the table. Except in scenario (1) when DL
is very low and in scenario (6) wtien DLV is very hi$, BUS performs better than either of
![Page 155: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
TAL or SIMUL. In scenario (1). at low DL, TAL outperforms the other two, while at high
DLV, SIMUL performs the best. SlMLn invariably perfonns better than TAL at any
situation considered above except at very low DL.
Table 5.1: Cornparison of AcceptIReject RuIes Based on OPA
I I SctaPrio ! BUS TAI. (Other factors are at brw
1 - j ltvds) 1 OPA I
1 - 1 1 E&RL i Avg. / Eïf..,RL i i v g . iK incr I Avg. ' Ro* 1 1 OP* l ! OP* i
* ( 1 ) Dk75Q 1 17.19.26.65 1 9836 1 11053. 198.66 ' 99.05 1 0-783 1 98.83 ! T a /
![Page 156: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
Chapter 6
Conclusions and Future Research
This chapter summarizes the main results of the experimental work reported in this thesis as
well as tiighhghting the primary original conmbutions of the research. It concludes with a
List of potentiai directions for future research that emerge frorn the work reported in this
thesis.
6.1 Summa&ing the Maiu Results From the Research
This section summarizes the main results obtained fiom this research, organized into four
subsections each of which corresponds to one of the specific objectives of the research given
at the end of Chapter 2.
6.1.1 Accept/Reject Rule Behaviour
ï h e experiments reported in Chapters 4 and 5 have provided insight into the operation of an
accepttreject d e under ciiffereut environmentai conditions- In generai, as the severîty of the
pressure on a rnanufacnning system to meet delivery dates increases, so the accept/reject d e
will need to increase the proportion of orders rejected (by changing its contml parameters)
in order to avoid excessiveiy large tardiness penalties. Thus, typicaliy a de's rejection limit
![Page 157: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
will need to change to cause the proportion of orders rejected to increase as any of the
foiiowing environnientai factors increase: demand level, system variability (in tenns of either
demand or processing times), due date tightness.
Some specific results from the experirnents that are worth repeating here include tbe
foiiowing:
The results show that for the BUS acceptireject d e , under any set of values for the
environmental factors, it is always possible to find an appropriate set of vdues for the
limits on the accepted urgent and re,dar load on the busiest machine on the route of
the order (i-e. HL and RL) for which the Overall Percent Achievernent (OPA) is
rnaximked.
M e n there is only re,gdar orders, an increase in the process time variabilicy causes
a reduction in the optimum value of RL at which OPA is maximum. However. the
effect of increasing the demand level variability on the optimal value of RL seems
to be the opposite, i.e. at increased variability in demand level, the value of RL at
which the system attains the maximum OPA increases.
When demand leveI is low, both for BUS and TAL acceptlreject d e s , the accepted
Ioad k t for the regular orders is set higher than that of the urgent orders to show
preference for the regular orders. But for higher demand levels. the system aIways
prefers urgent orders when working under BUS. ahhough when working under TAL,
the system does so only at the highest &mmd level, When demand level increases,
the maximum OPA always drops whether working under BUS or TAL, while the net
revenue increases rnon~tonicaiiy~
When the percent of urgent orders inmases, the system aiways prefers to accept
more urgent orders than regular ones when working under BUS, but it does not do
![Page 158: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
so mtii the percentage of urgent orders is sufficiently hi$ (more than 20% when
other environmental variables are at their base level), when worlcing under TAL.
(e) Under changjng variability in the demand level or in the processing time, the system
does not show appreciable sensitivity towards the choice of optimal control
paramecers for either of the BUS or TAL rules.
(0 When the due date tightness level switches from "Loose" to 'Tight", the system.
when working under the BUS d e . starts rejecting more regular orders than before
to make space for accepting more urgent orders than before.
(g) BUS was tested with an order release rule (BUSM) other than immediate reiease
(MM) to expriment with a wo-stage input control. It was found that holding orders
in a pre-shop pool in the present manufacturing system deteriorates the overall
performance achievement. Holding an order in rui order release pou1 increases the
system flow tirne. aithough the rnanufacturing lead time definitely reduces. It also
increases the variability in the load in the order release queue. The experiment also
showed a very complex effect on the variabiiity of overall fiow time when studied by
v-g the acceptance b i t and the release limit of the des.
6.12 Performance of the Simuiation-based AccepüReject Rule
The SbWL mie as designed was able to perform sionificantly berter than the base case of
full acceptance but the results showed that for many environmentai conditions this nile did
not perfom as well as the BUS algorithmic d e .
(a) The situations where the SIMUL d e was the best of the des tested inchde those
with hi& variabiiity in the demand level @LV = 1.0) and dso with extremely high
![Page 159: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
demand level (DL = 0.95), with other environmental factors set at their base levels.
In these scenarios SIMUL was marginally bener than BUS and substantiaiiy better
than TAL.
(b) In Chapter 5, at some chosen sets of values of the enviromentai factors the three
acceptlreject nites have been compared on the bais of O P k At situations other than
hi$ varîabilicy, the performance of SlMUL is close to that of BUS and almost 7%
better than the fulI acceptance case.
( c ) in two order class scenarios. at any level of an environmentai factor while keeping
other factors at their at their base levels, the system working under SIMUL rejects a
higher proportion of urgent orders than that of reguiar orders to operate optimally.
(d) At any demand level. the system operating under SIMüL aiways achieves higher
percent achievement for those urgent orders which have a smaiier nurnber of steps.
6.13 Optimal Choice of AccepttReject Ruie Control LMts
The method used to optimally chuose nile control limits as a function of the manufacturing
system's environmentai factors involved the development of an appropriate rekmsion mode1
for each of the three des for each of the scenarios "regular-orders only" and "two classes of
order". For each of the six resulting cases. an appropriately chosen set of simuiation nins was
performed to provîde the necessary data to aUow a regession mode1 to be constnicted then
a mathematicai opBrniZanon engine was used to choose the conml limits for each set of
values of interest for the environmental factors.
The method implemented to determine the optimum vaIue of the conuol parameter@) and
to predict the performance measure of the system at an arbiûary set of values of the
![Page 160: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
environmentai factors is genenc in n a m . The oniy restriction king that the input set of
values of the environmental factors has CO be within the range in which the regression model
is valid. The input data set h m wiich regession model is b d t shouid be chosen in such
a way so chat the variance of pfediction £rom the re_gression model is rninimized. This is
where D-optimal design is useful wbich determines a subset from a candidate dataset, so that
the regression model built on that subset can predict with the minimum variance. In using
this approach it is important th* the observed values of the performance measures which are
used to build the regression model should have very low bias. i.e, if they are found from
simulation nuis, it should be ensured that these are obtained from a suffïciently long nui.
Among the six regression models built in this resemh to find the optimum value of the
control pararneter(s), the cwo models dealing with SIMUL accepilreject nile could not be
validated. The reason for the pwr quality of these two modeIs is that the values of OPA at
the chosen data points used to budd the ~"gession models were obtained from short
simulation nuis. due ro the lirnited scope of mource that was available. The computes used
to mn these simulations (using SIMUL as the acceptkeject rule) are very slow and their down
time is very hi$. So within the h e consmht, it was not feasible to get better estimates of
OPA at the chosen points. The test resuia for accuracy for each of the six modeIs have been
provided in Appendix 1.
For the BUS and TAL d e s , the value of OPA mund the optimal choice of the control
parameters is not very sensitive to srnail variations in the nile control limits.
6.1.1 AccepüReject Rule Behavio~f When There Are Two Classes of Order
The expiments reponed in Chapters 4 and 5 have provided insight into how an
acceptlreject nile perfonns when two classes of orders are present. As the resdts show, as
the situation becomes more stressful. În tenns of the difncuky of meeting due dates, so the
![Page 161: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
d e s start to treat the classes of order differently in terms of rejecting a higher propo~on of
"re-dar" orders as compared to "urgent" orders.
When two classes of order are involved. at low demand level the system working with the
BUS acceptlreject d e prefers regular orders more than the urgent orders, but at hi$ demand
level the system prefers urgent orders more than re,dar orders. In the case of the TAL d e ,
over aü demand Ievek, the system prefers regular orders unless the percent of urgent ordes
is high in which case the system will prefer urgent orders. When working with SIMVL, at
any value of any one of the environmental factors while keeping other environmental factors
at their base levels. the percent rejection loss through urgent orders is aiways greater than that
through reguiar orders.
6.2 Applicability of This Reseafch in Practice
Regarding the applicability of this research in practice the folIowing two aspects need to be
considered. F i t l y . it is necessary to identifj which of the lessons leamt fiom this research
mi& be applicable CO other rnanufacturing systems in generai. Secondly, what different
aspects shouid be considered when atrempung to implement the concept of order rejection
in a real manufacturing organization.
The present research was canied out in a setting of make-to-order manufacniring systems.
A make-to-order manufacturing system in practice might differ from the present hypotùetical
system si+@cantly in tenns of shop floor confï,~ufation, process pian of the ordes,
categories of orders, anïval process. occurrence of uncertain events (e-g. machine
breakdowu), etc. The r d t s obtained in this thesis depnding on these factors wiii not be
valid in general and they are specific to this system. However, the redts other than these
should hold good in other rnake-to-order manufacnuing systems as weii.
![Page 162: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
More specihcaiiy it should be universaliy tnie that if demand level, demand Ievel varïabiity,
process tirne variability, percent of urgent orders, seventy of due date tightness increases any
real manufacturing system wiii need to reject more orders on an o v e d basis in order to
operare optimaiiy.
On ttie other hand, ai1 the categorical resdts, based on order class or number of steps
invohed in the order or based on the combinauon of these two, will heavily depend on the
configuration of the shop floor, pmess plan of different orden and also the cost stmcture
involved in the system. So these results cannot be generalized or directly appiied to other
systerns.
However, the concept of judiciously rejecting some orden cm be implemented in a specific
real manufacturing system in an appropriately customized way. in gened. this would require
the consmiction of a simulation model to rnimic. to a sufficient level of detail. the operation
of the system. Next, this model wouid need to be exercised to develop a regesion model
capable of choosing the best d e , and the best control lirnits for that mie, as a funcuon of the
system's environmentai factors. Finally data collection on and analysis of the operation of
the real system would be required to estimate the values of these environmental factors. afier
which these couid be input to the regression model so that the optimal conuol policy codd
be identified Ongoing monitoring of the real system could be used to detect any si@icant
changes in the environmental factors which would aiiow the conml scheme to be adjusted
if warranted.
63 Onginal Contributions
The present research inchdes several original contributions in the area of input control:
(a) The hnt conmbution of this research is the deveIopment and testing of a simulation-
![Page 163: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
based accepdreject d e which has ken shown to outperform traditional algorithmic
accepdreject d e s in certain siniaLions. This simulation-based accepdreject d e is
able to take advantage of the capabihty of discreteevent simdation to predict the
impact of alternative courses of action. This is the fmt ever reported application of
discreteevent simulation to decide upon the acceptanceJrejection of an arriving
order.
Furthemore, this simulation-based accephject d e is a cost-based d e , which
makes a decision on the bais of comparing estimates of the financid irnpact of the
two alternative courses of action. This is aiso the fmt tirne that such a cost-based
criterion has been used to make acceptkject decisions.
(b) hother contribution of this research is the introduction of the concept of adjusting
the conuol b i t s so that in any given changed environment the system can perfonn
optimaiiy. heviously in all other research where rejection of orders bas been
considered. the control was not adjusted to optimize the performance of the system
for that situation. This research also expIored in detail how sensitive the opthai
choice of accepdreject mie control parameters is with respect to variation in the
environmental factors.
(c) This research has heiped develop mater insight into how a manufacnuing system
with the ability to reject jobs behaves and performs under ciiffereut environmental
conditions. The experimental work carried out has lead to a better understanding of
the impact of the acceptlreject d e parameters both on overaii system performance
and on secondary performance measures of interest.
(d) This research has aiso developed insight into how such systems behave in the case
of two ciasses of order. The experimentai work has illustrated how the acceptkject
d e s mat the two order classes differently in order to maximize the oved i
![Page 164: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
performance of the system under different conditions.
6.4 Future Research
Based on completion of the work reported in this thesis, a number of potential directions for
fi.uther research have been identified and are Listed below:
(1) The development and testhg of more sophisticated aigorithmic acceptlreject des .
Other variants of the load based algorithmic niles could be implemented. One such
d e is to accept an order if the accepted load on the route of the order is less than
some lirnit.
In the BUS acceptkject de. an order is accepted if the accepted load on the busiest
machine on the route of the order at the tixne of arrivai of the order is below a chosen
litnit. The way this accepted load on the busiest machine on the route of the order is
caiculated (see section 3.3.1) makes the BUS nile, which uses this load information.
biased. This is because the accepted load on a machine is generally variable over
tirne. So if an order is accepted according to BUS, then it is possible that. during its
sojoum through the system, the order may not actudiy expenence that amount of
Ioad because a part of that load is processed in paraiiel by the busiest machine before
the job in question actuaiiy arrives at that machine. Also, the job in question might
be processed before a portion of the Ioad arrives to the busiest machine. In either case
the job is not affected by the load that was anticipated. So there are occasions when
the Ioad on the busiest machine is thus overestimated. This overestimate causes some
orders to be rejected which otherwise could have been accepteci. So the aiporithmic
mie BUS can be improved by introducing correction factors when using different
load infonaation at the time of order arrîvals.
![Page 165: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
Improvement of SIMUL to remedy a current flaw. SIMUL is another acceptlreject
nile where there is a scope for improvement. In the case of the SIMUL acceprlreject
nile, the pilot simulation nius are deterministic and also the future order Stream is
shut off during these pilot simuiation m s , This will obviously affect the selection
procedure. As the fume orders are not allowed during the pilot simulation nins and
these pilot nuis are terminared ody wben the system is empty, the jobs in the systern
towards the end of the mn will be frnished faster due to less congestion in the system
and thus the profit measme at the end of the pilot nuis wiii be biased high. So the
decision on the order acceptance on the basis of these performance measures wili
possibly be incorrect. Determiaistic pilot simulation nins will also cause the decision
to deviate from the correct one.
During the simuiation nin wMe future jobs are disdowed. statïstics on the tardiness
of a completed job codd be coilected in tfie following way.
Tardiness = M ~ x t 0 , ctr) + Completion Time - Due Time),
where. clt) is a function of time which increases wich t monotonically and acts as a
compensating factor. The idea b e b d using this compensating factor is that when
new arrivals are stopped and the rest of the jobs in the system are aiiowed to finish,
they wiii be finished at a faster rate as the time advances, because there will be less
and less congestion. So the monotonically increasing compensating factor ctt) is an
anempt to correct for this phenornenon. Here the challenge lies in the suitable
determination of the function dt).
Also. during the pilot simulation runs, if the future orders were to be aiiowed then the
orders need to be accepted according to an order acceptfreject d e . Ideally this should
be the same as SIMUL. In a piIot simulation however, if an order is accepted or
rejected by SIMUL, it will Iead to an infinite recursive Ioop wbich Iogicaiiy does not
![Page 166: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
terminate. So it is not possible to impiement SIMUL during the pilot simulation. This
is an intrinsic functional problem in STMUL. Further research is needed to deviate
these problems.
(3) Managing muiticIass customers through selective order acceptance is another area
where the current research could be extznded CO address a number of possible
questions including:
(i) What shouid be the relevant control of the system to maximize the
performance of the system at any situation?
(ii) How does providing a hi@ service level to a relatively smd soup
of high priority customers (which means di urgent orders are
accepted and are hopefully serviced on time) impact the service of the
remaining customers?
(iii) How much of a shop's workload can consist of high priority orders
before the performance of the shop on the low priority orders
deteriorates to an unacceptable IeveI?
(iv) How can a manager provide exceilent service to the lower priority
customers at an acceptable Ievel?
(4) Some of the assumptions involved in the current models codd be relaxed so that
input control in more realistic enWonments could be studied. Further work codd
include macbine break down and miiability, more compiicated pruduct structure
(e.g. assemblies, orders for set of components etc.), l ah r constrainfi etc.
(5) The work could be extended to explore scenarïos where other options than outright
order rejection are considered, This could include:
(i) identification of the minimum overtime that wouid eliminate, or at
![Page 167: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
lest significantly reduce. the amount of orders rejected,
(ii) ailowing the manufacturer and the customer to negouate an
alternaiive flow aiiowance, and perhps order price.
![Page 168: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
References
Ackeman. S.S., 1963, "Even flow, a scheduiing method for reducing lateness in the job
shop", Management Technology, Vol. 3. No. 1, pp. 20-32.
Adam N. and Surkis, J., 1977,"A cornparison of capacity planning techniques in a job shop
control system". Management Science, Vol. 23, No. 9, pp. 101 1- 1015.
.Meci, 1. and Fisher, W.W., 1992, "Due date assignment, job order release, and sequencing
interaction in job shop scheduling", Decision Sciences, 23, pp. 633-647.
Alidee, B ., 1994. "Minimizing absolute and squared deviation of completion times h m due
dates", Production and Operation Management, Vol. 3, pp. 133-147.
Ariun. EJ., and Roundy, R.O., 199 1, "Weighted-tardiness scheduling on parallei machines
with proportional weights", Operations Research, 39(1), pp. W 8 1.
Ashby, J.R., and Uzsoy, R., 1995, "Scheduiing and order release in a single-stage production
system", Journal of Manufaturing Systerns, Vol. 14, No. 4.
Baker, KR.. 1984. "Sequencing Ruies and Due-date Ass ipen t s in a Job Shop",
Management Science, 30, 1093-2 104.
Bechte, W., 1988, "Theory and practice of load-oriented manufachring conml",
International Journai of Production Research, Vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 375-395.
![Page 169: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
Bergamaschi, D., Cigolini, R, Perona M., and Portoli, A., 1997, "Order review and release
suategies in a job shop environment: a review and a classification", International
Journal of Production Reçearch, VOL 35, No. 2, pp. 399-420.
B e m d , J.W.M., 1983a, "The use of workIoad information to control job lateness in
conuolled and uncontrolled release production systems", Journal of Operations
Management. Vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 79-92.
Bertrand. J.W.M., 1983b, 'The effect of workload dependent due-dates on job shop
performance", Management Science, Vol. 29, No. 7, pp. 799-816.
Bobrowski. P.M.. 1989, "Impiemenhg a loading heuristic in a discrete rtlease job shop",
international Journal of Production Research, Vol. 27, No. 1 1, pp. 1935- 1 948.
Bobrowski. P.M., and Park, P.S., 1989. "Work release smtegies in a dud tesource
constrained job shop". Omega, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 177- 188.
Chang, F.R. and Chen. J-C., 1997, "Controiiing job shop duedate tightness for assignment
niles including shop stanis information". Journal of Indusmal Technolog: Wmter,
pp. 22-25.
Conway, R.W.. Maxweil, WL., and m e r , L.W., 1967, 'Theory of Scheduling", Reading,
Mass.: Addison Wesley Pubiishing Company.
Crabüi, TB., Gross, D., and Magazine, MJ., 1977, "A classined bibliography of research
on optimal design and control of queues", Operations Research, Vol. 25, No. 2,
March-April, pp. 2 29-232,
Draper, N-R- and Smith, H., 1966, Apphed Regression Analysis, John Wiey & Sons, hc.
![Page 170: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
DuMouchel, W. and Jones, B., 1994, "A simple Bayesian modification of D-optimal designs
to reduce dependence on an assumed model", Techometrics, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 37-
47.
Eilon, S., Chowdhwy, G., and Serghou, S.S., 1975, "Experiments with the SP mie in job-
shop scheduling", Simulation, 24, pp. 45-48.
Enns, S.T., 1995, "An economic approach to job shop performance analysis", International
Journal of Production Economics", 38, 1 17- 13 1-
Fredendall, L.D., and Melnyk. S.A., 1995, "Assessing h e impact of reducing demand
variance through improved planning on the performance of a dual resource
constrained job shop", international Journal of Production Research, Vol. 33, No. 6.
pp. 1521-1534.
Glassey. C.R.. and Resende, M.G.C., 1988, "CIosed-lwp job release control for WIci rcui t
manufacturingw, iEEE Transactions on Semiconductor Manufacniring, Vol. 1, No.
1.
Gordon, RJ. 1995. "Dynamc finite capacity scheduling using on-line discrete-event
simulation". M.Sc. thesis, Department of Mechanicd Engineering, The University
of Caigary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Grant. F.H., 1988, "Simulation in designing and scheduling rnanufacninng systernsn, Design
and Andysis of Integraied Manufacturing Systems, edited by W. Dale Compton,
Washington DC: National Academy Press, pp. 135.
Harty, J.D.,1969, "Conmlling production capacity", American Production and Inventory
Control Society 12th Annual Conference Roceedings, pp. 60-64.
![Page 171: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
Heady, RB., and Zhu, Z., 1998, "Minimizing the sum of job earliness and tardiness in a
multimachine system", International Journal of Production Research, Vol. 36, No.
6, 1619-1632.
Hendry, L., and Kingsman, B., 199 1, "A decision support system for job release in make-to-
order companies", International Journal of Operations and Production Management,
Vol. 11, pp. 6-16.
Hendry, L.C., and Wong, S.K., 1994. "iîitemative order release mechanisms: a cornparison
by simulallon". luternationai Journal of Production Research, Vol. 32, No. 12. pp.
2827-2842.
Hill. T., 1985, "Manufacturing Suateg: ï h e Strategic Management of the Manufacniring
Function". London: M a d a n Education.
Holt, CC. 1963. "Priorw d e s for minimizing the cost of queues in machine scheduling",
indusmai Scheduiinj edired by John F. Muth et al., NJ: Prentice Hail Inc., pp. 83-95.
Irastoaa, J.C., and Deane. RH., 1974, "A loading and baiancing methodology for job shop
control". A I E Transactions. Vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 302-307.
Jensen, J.B., Philipoorn, P.R, and Malbotra, M.K. 1995. "Evaiuation of scheduling niles
with cornmensurate customer priorities in job shops", Joumal of Operations
Management. 13, pp. 2 13-228.
John, R.C. St. and Draper. N.R., 1975, "hptimality for regession designs: a review",
Technomeaics, Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 15-23-
![Page 172: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
Kanet. J.J.. 1988, "Load-limited order release in job shop scheduling systems", Journal of
Operations Management, Vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 44-58.
Kingsman. B.. Hendry, L., Mercer, A., and De Souza, A., 1996. ''Responding to customer
enquines in make-to-order companies: problems and solutions". international Journal
of Production Economics, 46-47, pp. 2 19-23 1.
Land and Gaalman. 1996, "Workload control concepts in job shops: a aitical assessment".
international Journal of Production Economics, 46-47, pp. 535-548.
LeGrande. E.. 1963, 'The development of a factory simulation system using actual operating
data". Journal of Management Technology, Vol. 3, No. 1. pp. 1-19.
Lingayat. S. Mittenthal. J.. and O'Keefe. RM.. 1995, "An order release mechanism for a
flexible flow system". International Journal of Production Research. Vol. 33, No. 5.
pp. 1241-136.
Lingayat. S.. O'Keefe, RM. and Mittenthal, J.. 199 1. "Order release mechanisms: a step
towards irnplementing just-in-time manufacniring.", Just-in-Me maaufacnuing
systems: operational planning and conuol issues, New York. Elsevier. pp. 149-163.
Lippman, S.A.. 1975 " A p p l ~ g a new device in the optimization of exponential queueing
systems". Operations Research. 23, pp. 687-7 10.
Lippman. S.A. and Ross. S.. 1971. 'The streetwalker's d i l e m a job shop model". SIAM
Joumal of Applied Mathematics, 20, pp. 336-344.
Little. J.D.C., 1961. "A proof of the queuekg formula L = A W , Operations Research, Vol.
9. pp. 383-387.
![Page 173: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
M a h m d , F., Dooley, KJ., and Starr, P J.. 1990, "An evaluacion of order releasing and due
date assignrnent heuristics in aceilular manufacniring system", Journal of Operations
Management, Vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 548-573.
Malhom M.K., Jensen, JB., and Philipoom, P.R.. 1994. "Management of vital customer
priorities in job shop manufacnuing environments", Decision Sciences, Vol. 25. No.
516. pp. 71 1-736.
Melnyk, S.A., 1988. "Production conuol: issues and chalienges", Intelligent Manufacnuing;
pmeedings from the First international Conference on Expert Systems and the
Leadhg Edge in Production Planning and Control, edited by Michael D. Oliff. The
Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc.. CA.
Melnyk. SA. and Carter. P.L.. 1987. "Ekduction activity conml: a practicd ,&de",
Homewood. IL: Dow Jones-irwin.
Melnyk. S.A. Denzler. D.R., Magnan, GL. and FredendalI. L. 1994a "An experimental
mode1 for investigating the sensitivity of job shop performance to job release tirne
distribution parameters", Productions and Operations Management, Vol. 3, No. 1, pp.
64-74
Mehyk. S.A., and Ragaa, GL., 1989. "Order review/release: research issues and
perspectives", International Journal of Production Researcb VOL 27. No. 7. pp. 108 1-
1096.
Mehyk. S.A.. and Ragatz. GL. 1988. "Order reviewfrelease and its impact on the shop
floor", Production and Inventory Management Journal, Second Quarter.
Melnyk S.A.. Ragaiz, GL, and Fredendall, L, 199 1. 'Zoad smoothhg by the pIanning and
![Page 174: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
order review/release systems: a simulation experiment", Journal of Operations
Management, Vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 512-523.
Melnyk, S.A., Tan. KC.. Denzler, D.R., and Fredendall, L., 1994b. "EvduaMg variance
conml, order reviewfrelease and dispatching: a regression analysis", uitemaùonai
JournaI of Production Research, Vol. 32. No. 32, pp. 1045-1061.
Meyer, R K and Nachtsheim, CJ.. 1995, ''The coordinateexchange algorithm for
comc t ing exact optimal experimental designs", Technomenics, Vol. 37. No. 1, pp.
60-69.
Miller. B.L. 1969. ".4 queueing reward system with severai mtomer ciasses", Management
Sciences. 16. pp. 234-245.
m e r . J.G.. and Roth. A.V.. 1988, "Manufacturing Strategies: execuùve surriinary of the
1988 North American manufacturing futures survey", Boston, MA: Boston
University.
Mitchell. TJ.. 1 9 7 4 ~ "An algorithm for the coasauction of 'D-ophai ' experimental
designs". Technomema. Vol. 16. No. 2. pp. 303-210.
Mitchell. TJ.. 1974b, "Computer construction of 'D-optimal' 6rst-order designSn?
Technomema. Vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 2 1 1-220.
Morton. TE.. Lawerence, S.R., RajagopoIan, S., and Kelrre, S., 1988. "Sched-star a price-
based shop scheduiing module". Journal of Manufactunng and Operations
Managemen& VoI. 1, No. 2. pp. 131-181.
U'Grady. PJ.. and Azoza. M A , 1987, "An adaptive approach to shop loadingw, OMEGA:
![Page 175: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
160
International Journai of Management Science, Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 12 1-128.
Onur. L- and Fabrycb, WJ., 1987, "An inputloutput control system for the dynamic job
shop", IZE Transactions, March, pp. 88-97.
Park. P.S., and Bobrowski, PM., 1989, "Job release and labour flexibility in a dual resource
constrained job shop.". Journal of Operations Management, Vol. 8, No. 3. pp. 230-
249.
PhiLipoorn. P.R.. and Fry, T.D., 1992. "Capacity-based order review/release smregies to
improve manufacturing performance", International Journal of Production Research,
Vol. 30. No. I 1. pp. 359-2572
Philipoorn. P.R.. Malhotm M.K.. and Jensen, J.B., 1993, "An evaluation of capacity
sensiuve order review and release procedures in job shops", Decision Sciences. Vol.
23. NO. 6. pp. 1109-1 133.
Ragaa. G.L., and Maben V.A., 1988, "An evaluation of order releasc mechanisms in a job
shop environment", Decision Sciences, Vol- 19. No. 2, pp. 167-189.
Roderi& LM., PhiUips, D.N. and Ho=, GL. 1992, "A cornparison of order release
snategies in production control systerns", Internationd Journal of Production
Research, Vol. 30, No. 3. pp. 61 1-626.
Scott. M.. 1970, "Queueing with conml on the arriva1 of certain types of customers", CORS
J u u ~ ~ . 8. pp. 75-86.
Scon M.. 1969, "&A queueing process with some discriminrttio~i", Management Sciences, 16,
pp. 227-233.
![Page 176: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
Shimoyashiro, S., Isoda, K. and Awane, H., 1984. "Input scheduling and load balance for
a job shop", Intemariona1 Journal of Production Research, Vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 597-
605.
Shingo. S., 1985, A Revolution in Manufacniring: The SMED Sytem, English Edition.
Stanford CT: Productivity Press.
Spearman, ML., Woodruff. DL., and Hopp, WJ., 1990, "CONWJP: A pull alternative to
Kanban". International Journal ofProduction Research, Vol. 28. No. 28. pp. 879-894.
Spearman. M.L. and Zazanis, M A , 1992, "Push and pull production systems, issues and
comparisons". Operations Research, Vol. 43, No. 3, May-June, pp. 52 1-532.
Stidham. S.. Jr.. 1985. "Optimal controI of admission to a queuehg system", IEEE
Transactions on Automatic Control. Vol. AC-30, No. 8. Aupst. pp. 705-7 13.
Szwarc. W.. and Liu. JJ.. 1993. "&Wei@ted tardiness single machine scheduiing with
proportionai weights". Management Science, 39(5). pp. 626-632.
ten Kate. HA., 1994, 'Towards a bener undemanding of order acceptance", Jnternational
Journal of Roduction Economics. 37. pp. 139-152.
Weh, LM.. 1988. "Scheduling semiconductor wafer fabrication", IEEE Transactions on
Semiconductor Manufacnuing, Vol. 1. No. 3, pp. 115-130.
Weser. FAW.. Wijngaanl J.. and Zijm. WH-M., 1992, "Order acceptance strateBa in a
production-twrder enWonrnents with seNp times and due dates7', Internaiional
Journal of Production Reseuch Vol. 30, No. 6, pp. 13 13- 1326.
![Page 177: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
Wight, O., 1970, "hput/output control areai hande on lead time", Production and Inventory
Management, Third Quarter, pp. 9-3 1.
Wisner, J.D., 1995. "A review of the order release policy research.", InternationaI Journal
of Operations and Production Management, 15, pp. 2510.
Wouters, M.J.F.. 1997, "Relevant cost information for order acceptance decisions",
Production Planning and Control, Vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 2-9.
![Page 178: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
Definitions of Terms Used in the
Literature
This appendk delines different tenns and m n y m s used in tbis thesis, especially in
connection with the literanire review in Chapter 2, Most of the items Listed below faii into
one of the following categories: scheduie performance measures: acceptfreject des, order
release d e s : dispatching d e s .
![Page 179: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
This performance mesure has k e n used by h t o r z a and banc
(1971). It identifies the deviation of aggregate shop load for each
machine (i.e., total work in the shop) fiom a specified target sec up by
management. The deviation obtained for each machine is then
averaged over all periods.
AGGWXQ : AGGWNQ is an order release d e used by Melnyk and Ragaa
(1989). The release is initiated when the total incomplete work load
in the shop fails klow a minimum level. The selection of the jobs to
be released is based on the least work in the next queue d e . This
approach represents a 'shopbased' mggering mechanism in a
combination with a 'giobal-seIection' d e .
BFL This order release d e works with a fime horizon that is broken into
Ume buckets and maintains a current work load profile for each
machine in the shop. Working backward fiom the job's assigned due
date. BFL attempts to fit each operation into available capacity for the
appropriate machine. If adequate capacity is not available in a time
bucket. it tries to fit the operation at an earfier bucket until adequate
capacicy is avdable.
There are several variations of this order release nile. But basicdy.
some multiple of expected processing time or queue time is
subtracted h m its due date to CalcuIate the release date. if the reiease
date is on or before the current date, the job is released immediateiy
to the shop regardless of current shop load. Otberwise the job remains
in the pre-release queue util the release date, The BIL technique
utiiizes one of the foiiowing methods to calculate release date:
![Page 180: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
EDD
FCFS
where, DD,
RD, = DD, - k,n,
RD, = DDi - k,n, - k,Qi
= Due date of the job.
= Number of operauons in the job.
= Number of jobs in the queue of the
machines on the job's routing,
= planning factors.
This is a dynamic due-date oriented dispatching d e . which can take
severai forms. AU of them determine the priority value of a job as a
ratio of some measure of the expected amount of time Ieft und the
job's due date. This ratio is calcuiated in Ragaa and Mabert (1988)
as:
where. C7 = current time.
DD = job due date,
RPT = remaining processing time for job,
RN0 = rernaining number of operarions,
QAPO = queue aiiowance per operation.
This dispatching d e calculates the loading priority of a job in a
queue on the hasis of the eariiest due date.
This dispatching nite caiculates the loading priority of a job in a
queue on the bais of the eariiest enny time in the queue.
![Page 181: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
FFL This order release rule assigns jobs to machines while taking into
account the unassiped capacity at each machine. As machine
capacity is fully assigned. jobs are assigned capacity further into the
future until aü operations have been scheduied. If this forecasted flow
time is less the remaining h e untii the job's due date, release to the
shop may be delayed and the flow rime recalculated after the delay
period. Release dates cm also be based on total current shop loading
or the projected future shop load over the expected flow tirne of the
job, allowing orders to be rekased as soon as the actual or projected
shop Ioad (or bottieneck machine load) falls below some stated
maximum aiiowabIe Ioad,
IlMM See NORR.
IMR See N O M .
MIL This order reiease d e is the same as the variation (2) of BIL.
MINSLK : This dispatching mie calculates the loading priority of a job in a
queue on the bais of the minimum dack.
According to this order release mie, at the start of each period. the
highest pnority jobs are released to the shop floor. one at a tirne, until
either ail jobs are released or the nurnber of jobs in the shop has
reached to the maximum.
%l'WB This is a performance measure. The variance in the work of each
![Page 182: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
NORR
PBB
machine over ail time periods is calculated. Then an overail index is
obtained by averaging over a i i machines. This has been used by
h t o r z a and Deane ( 1974).
AU orders are released h m the order reIease pool on anival.
This is an order release d e used by Philipoom et al. (1993).
Following is the description given by the authors. PBB mechanism
first requires that a maxiinun load (which includes work k ing
processed and waihg for processing) be set for ail machines in the
shop (which is PBB threshold). The procedure then involves a two
step approach. In step one, the queue of jobs waiting for enûy into the
shop (pre-shop backlog) is sequenced in increasing order by each
job's unique PBB slack ratio (S). A machine's slack is defined as the
dîfference between the PBB threshold and work already committed
to it in the form of jobs on the shop fioor. m e slack ratio attempts to
identify the average proportion of sIack of ail the machines visited by
a job that is consumed by that particuiar job. Then the job which
consumes a smailer proportion of slack of machines in its path on an
average wouid be a more desirable candidate for entry into the shop.
The slack ratio also penalues those jobs which have relatively large
processing times at temporarily consirained machines. It is calculated
as follows:
+ P,!
where. Si = SIack ratio of job j,
P,, = Prucessing time of job j at machine i,
![Page 183: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
(P,d if machine i is not on job j s
route),
T = Capacity threshold,
Li = Current total ioad at machine i,
N, = Number of operations required by job
j, and
m = Number of machines in the shop.
Staring with the first job in the ordered queue, stage two begins by
evduating the job's unique path through the shop. if the cunent load
at each niachine dong the job's path plus the job's processing time at
the machine is below the PBB threshold, the job is released into the
shop. This new release, if hplemented, would increase the load on
ail the machines in the job's path. The current machine ioad not only
indudes the work in its queue, but also the work contained in aii the
jobs which are presentiy in the shop and are going to visit tbis
machine cenue in the future. The capacity load is evaluated for each
operation as foiiows:
if any machine dong the job's path has a Ioad greater than the PBB
threshold minus the job's pmessing t h e at that machine, the job is
retained in the pre-shop backlog. The next job in the pre-shop me, as
ordered by slack ratio. is considered for release. Using the same
procedure, the ORR system continues to check ail jobs in the pre-
shop file.
The variance of queue size in work hours for each machine over time.
![Page 184: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
RAN
S/OPN
SWB
An overall index is obtained by averaging over aii machines. This
performance measure has been used by irastorza and Deane (1974).
This order release d e releases orders at random time intervals.
This dispatching d e calculates the loading priority of a job in a
queue on the basis of the minimum remaining slack per each of the
remaining operatiom.
This dispatching nile calculates the loading priority of a job in a
queue on the basis of the shortest total expected processing urne.
This dispatching d e calculates the Ioading priority of a job in a
queue on the basis of the shortest expected remaining processing
Ume.
This is a performance measure. This is the variance of the utilization
of the shop as a whoie taken ver time. This has ken used by lrastorza
and Deane ( 1974).
WCEDD WCEDD is an order reiease d e , used by Melnyk and Ragatz (1989).
According to this, ihe rekase is initiated whenever the work in the
queue ac any work centre drops below a minimum level- The pool
selection d e selects the job with the eariiest due date among those
jobs with th& fim operation at the work centre which trigge~d the
rrlease- The WCEDD approach combines a sbop-based triggering
mechanism with a local selection mie.
![Page 185: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
Input File Description
The purpose of this appendix is to provide the detailed description of the input fde called
JobInfoFile. A generic format of this file and the file listing are @en in this appendix.
![Page 186: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
Format of JobhfoFiZe
<#of operaiions in tfie 1% order type> <cumuiaLive probabiIity of arrivai of 1" order .pu clP machine number for 1' order type> anean pmcess t h e at rhis machine 42"' machine number for 1' order typu anean process t he at this machinu
<Final machine number for In order type> anean process timt at this rrmchine,
c# operations for order type b <cumulaiive probability of arriva1 of ith order typo anachine for ln operation for this order type> anean operaùon Lime>
anachine for Iasi operation for the order type> a ~ a n o p t i o n type>
cnumber of sreps in the lasr order r p <cumulative prob. of arrivai of last order clP machine nurnber for last order type> anean proccss timt at this machinu d"' machine number for Iast order type> anean process time at this machinu
<Final machine number for 1st order typu anan process tirne at Es machine>
Figure B.l: Generic Format of JobInfoFile
![Page 187: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
B.2 JobMoFiie Listing
The contents of the JoblnfoFile were not ctianged during the research reported in this thesis.
The file contents are listed below in rnulti-column format to Save space.
![Page 188: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
![Page 189: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
Appendix C
Strategic AcceptIReject Decisions
This appendu schematically depicts the hierarchy of different strategic acceptireject
decisions.
![Page 190: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
The following diagram depicts different strate& possibilities regarding the acceptlreject
decision of a customer order. However, this diagram is not exhaustive in nature.
Immediate Decision Delayed Decision
Not readiiy rejected Readdy rejectedl 1
accepted accepted
Promise a late Late deiivery due date at reduced pnce
Review later
Accepted by Rejected by customer custorner
Consider the vahie - -
Low High enough
Reject Accept
Figure C.1: Strategic Accept/Reject Decisions
![Page 191: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
Glossary of Acronyms and
Special Terms
This appendix provides a categorized Iist of acronyms and special terrns used in this thesis.
The acronyms used in the context of literature review were provided in Appendix A. So they
are not duplicated here.
![Page 192: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
D.l Acronyms Concerning Performance Measures
OFT
OMLT
OPA
OPRL
o m OWTORP
RPA
RPRL
RPTL
RrPA
W R L
RXPTL
UPA
UPRL
UPTL
UxPA
UxPRL
UxfTL
xPA
xPRL
m
Overail FIow T i e
Overail Manufacturing Lead The
O v e d Percent Achievement
O v e d Percent Rejection Loss
Overail Percent Tardy Loss
Overali Waiting Tirne in the Order Release Pool
Re,dar Percent Achievement
Reguiar Percent Rejection Loss
Reguiar Percent Tardy Loss
Reguiar x-step Percent Achievement (x = 1-2 , 3 ,4 )
Regular x-step Percent Rejection Loss (x = 1, 3 .3 .4)
Regular x-step Percent Tardy Loss (x = 1,2,3,4)
Urgent Percent Achievement
Urgent Percent Rejection Loss
Urgent Percent Tardy Loss
Urgent x-step Percent Achievement (x = 1,2 .3 ,4)
Urgent x-step Percent Rejection Loss (x = I ,1 ,3 ,4 )
Urgent .r-step Percent Tardy Loss (x = 1,2, 3-4)
x-step Percent Achievement (x = 1,2 .3 ,4)
x-step Percent Rejection Loss (x = 1.2 ,3,4)
x-step Percent Tardy Loss (x = 1, 2,3,4)
D2 Acronyms Concerning Experîmental Factors and Parameters
AR AcceptReject d e options
CL Control Limit (generic representatioa) for an OR d e
![Page 193: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
CL-BUSM
DDT
DL
DLV
DR
HL
HL_BUS
HLTAL
Kincr
Kr
CL for the BUSM OR d e
CL for the TRL OR d e
Due Date Tighmess
Demand Level
Demand Level Variability
Dispatching Rule options
Urgent Limit (generic representation) for an AR d e
Urgent Limit for the BUS AR d e
Urgent Limit for the TAL AR d e
The control parameter used in the SIMUL AR d e
A proportionality constant used in calculation of the revenue of a
regular order
-4 proportionality constant used in the tardiness cost calculation of a
regular order
Similar to Ktr but used in the case of an urgent order
Similar to Kr but used in the case of an urgent order
Order Release Options
Pmcess T i e Variability
Percent of Urgent Orden
Constant flow time aiiowance for a regular order
Re,@ar Limit (generic representation) for an AR rule
Re-dar Limit for the BUS AR d e
Regdar Limit for the TAL AR d e
Constant flow time aiiowance for an urgent order
![Page 194: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
DC
EC
HC
LC
OH
Pm Rev
TC
VC
hiedate deviation Cost
Earhess Cost
Holding Cost
Lead-time Cost
F ied Overhead cost
Profit
Revenue
Tardiness Cost
Variable production Cost
BUS : Acceptlreject nile based on the accepted load on the busiest machine
on the order's route
FA Full Acceptance
SIMUL Acceptlreject d e based on simulation
TAL hcceptlreject d e based on the totd accepted load in the systern
D5 Acronyms Concerning Oder Release Rules
BUSM Order dease nile based on the released Ioad on the busiest machine
on the order's route
IMM hunediaie release
TRL Order reiease mie based on the total released load on the shop floor
![Page 195: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
D.6 A c r o n p ConceFning Dispatching Rules
EDT Earliest Due Time
FSFS Fit in System First Served
SIOPN SIack per Opecarion
D.7 Miscellaneous Acronyms and Terms
AT
DT
IAT
c o v
J r r iMT0
ms ORP
O R .
Tc TwK
w WLC
Amval Time of an order into the system
Due Time of an order
inter Arriva1 Time
Coefficient of Variauon
lust in T ï e
Make-To-Order
Make-To-S tock
Order Release Pool
Order Review and Release
Critical tardines
Total estirnated work content of an order
Work In Progress
Workioad Conml
![Page 196: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
Appendix E
Description of the Simulation Mode1
This appendix provides a Jetaüed description of the simulation model. The section E.l
contains the description of the main mode1 while different important features of the mode1
have been discussed in the section E.2.
![Page 197: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
El Oetailed Description of the Main Mode1
E.l.l Phdmod Füe
The main Iogic of the model is debed in the file Phd.mod which is divided into six prirnary
code segments.
The firsr segment of the logic is devoted to d e m g miscellaneous conuol vaxiables
depending on the corresponding experimentd factor levels (which are declared in the
experiment file). ïhe logic in this segment also reads the shop data from the input fiie cded
JoblnfoFile. JoblnfoFile contains the routing information of a i i possible job types. In the
begiming of this sepeut, a single entity is created which causes the files to be read before
it is disposed of.
The second segment of the model deals with the acmal m u o n of the candidate orden for
the manufacturing system. Order mation includes the dennition of al1 order amibutes such
as job type. priori.. due date. total number of steps. and potential revenue. After these
assipents, the entity representing the order is sent to the PM-Mmod me so tbat the
decision as to whether or not the order will be accepted or rejected can be done.
In the third segment of the model, the entity retuxns back fiom PM-M.mod frle with the
decision of acceptance or rejection. if the order is to be rejected, the entity is sent to the logic
dealing with rejection (or, false acceptance which pretends the order to be accepted in the
first of the two pilot sessions of the sirnulaiion-based acceptlreject d e ) . Two quantities are
recomputed here which are maximum possible revenue (MaxPossRevenue) and 105s due to
the rejection of an order (Rejedoss). Information on each of these two quantities îs
collected on an overall basis, by order class, by nrrmber of steps involved in the order, and
by each of x-class y-step orders (where x = 1,2.3 or, 4 and y = urgent or reguiar). Also the
![Page 198: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
counter for number of rejected orders is updated. After this the entity is disposed of since it
is no longer of any interest. if the order is acçepted (or, even faisely accepted), it is duplicated
ans the original is sent to the order release pool which is basically a detached queue, while
the dupiicared entity is sent to re-rank the orûer rdease pool and to check for the possibility
of an order release. Before duplicating and sending the original entity to the order release
pool, a number of variables, comtes and taliies are updated.
The founh main model segment defines what happens when a job is released from the order
release pool. After releasing the order h m the order release pool, the entity representing the
order updates different tallies, statu variables and atuibutes. Before the entity is haUy
routed to the destination machine (accordhg to its process plan), it checks for another release
if the order release pool is not empty and the machine at the f k t step of the order is busy.
It is checked if the machine at the fmt step is busy or not, because in the case of a busy
machine, the order sits in the queue and there is not any possibiiity of another checking
immediately afier the release. But if the machine is idle, the order seizes the machine straight
away and another order checking is possible without delay. Also re-ranking of the order
ceiease pool is not necessary in this case, because here is no time delay possible between this
checking and the previous release. So the sequence of the order reiease pool may not alter.
ïhefifih main model segment defmes a generic station representing the behavior of each of
the ten machines in the system. If the machine is busy when a job arrives the job waits in a
detached queue which represents the queue in fiont of the machine. Otherwise, the job is
directly sent to seize the machine. Just before seizing the machine, different tallies for queue
times and, after seizing the machine many status variables and attributes are updated, while
just after seizing the machine the entity is dupiicated and sent to re-rank the order release
pool before checking for an order release. The original entity is delayed for the stipuiated
period of time after which the machine is reIeased. On releasing the machine, the same set
of status variables and ambutes are updated as was done before seizing the machine. At this
point, the order release pool is re-ranked and the possïbility of a release of an order is
![Page 199: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
checked again in the same fashion as before and the original entity is routed to its next
machine (which is at the top of the fifih segment) unless it is complete. If it is complete, it
goes to the final segment of the model.
The sLxth segment of the model deals with statistics coiiection for completed jobs prior to
exit from the system. Specific statistics are collected depending on whether the order is tardy
or early. Maximum possible revenue. actual total revenue and tardy loss are recomputed.
DHerent tailies such as flow thne, manufacturing lead rime (MLT)! and Iateness are updated
and the counts of finished jobs are incremented. Nomai jobs are simply disposed of at this
point, while things are handied differentiy for the special simuiation based pilot m. If the
control is in a pilot nui and the exiting job rnakes the system empty of work, then a specid
"end of pilot simulation session" action is initiated. Near the end of this sixth segment, there
is a small segment which is required to safely terminate a simulation with the simulation
based accept/reject d e . since we must avoid accidental termination during a simulation
based test m. At the very end there is another small segment to cause a number of gobai
variables (meant for statistics collection) to be cleared after the warm up period is over. This
is necessary because these giobal variabIes occur together with ciiffereut COUNTER
variables in many of the expressions of the OUTPUTS elements. These COUNTER variables
g e ~ deared at the end of the wam up period autornatically. but the same is not m e for che
global variables.
The logic in the PM-AR-mod file involves different alternative acceptlreject des. The bgîc
of these d e s is quite straightforward except the one pertaining to the simulation based
accept/reject mie which wilI be descrii'bed in the next section in detail.
![Page 200: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
PM-URmod contains the logic for the different order release d e s . The order release pool
(ORP) is basicaiiy a detached queue, having a rankmg nile as LVF[slack per operation].
When an entity is sent to the ORP, it is placed in the ORP accordiag to its value of slack per
operation. If two such entiues have the same slack per operation. then they are automaticaüy
placed according to LVF[time of entry into the ORP] which is equivalent to LVF [ t h e of
enuy into the system], because al1 the entities enter the ORP just afier entering into the
system. So virniaiiy there is no difference between the time of entry into the system and that
into the ORP. A SEARCH block searches for the entity which satisfis the search condition
(i.e. the release condition). This search activity goes on uatil such an entity is found (Le. the
condition is satisfied) or the end of the queue is reached. if the condition is satisfied the
searching entity is sent to a REMOVE block to remove the particular entity from the ORP.
Phiiosophically the release shouid be possible at any tirne. But the release condition might
change only at four different cimes viz
(i) just before sending an order to the ORP,
(ii) just after release of an order from the ORP.
(iii) just after seizing a machine and,
(iv) just afier release of a machine.
So. it is suficient to check the possibility of a release at these four points oaiy. if two orders
bave the same slack per operation and if both are eiigible to be released, then the tie is broken
on the basis of earlier enny into the system, ie. whichever is doser to the head of the ORP
will be released first. The Iogic to the specific order release rules are not described here as
they are quite straightforward.
![Page 201: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
The logic for dispatching d e s raides in the file PM-DRmod. This logic is quite simple and
self-evident So it is not described here.
E2 important Features of the Model
E.2.1 AcceptfReject Decision Through Fornard Simulation
The basic mectianism of simulation based accepdreject d e has been already described
conceptuaiiy in the section 3.2.2 (d). In this section, the modeling aspect of the same will be
addressed.
Every rime, a new order arrives in. the original entity is detained in a queue in fiont of a
WAiT block, while its duplicate is sent to execute the event #1 which saves the status of the
system in a füe caiied X.W. If this arrivuig entity is the first entity in this simulation run.
then an event WZO 1 is executed, which is responsible for copying the SIMAN generated data
files to respective external files. But in other cases (Le. if the arriving entity is not the fmt
entity), the event #200 is executed which is responsible for cutting the headers of al1 the
SIMAN generated data files and append the rest of the data fiIe to the respective external
files. M e r this is done. the variable DumfnySession is assigned a value of unity, which
indicates that the controI is in the h t pilot session. The variable FalseAccept is assigned a
value of unity, which indicares chat when this duplicated entity will go to the third main
mode1 segment, it WU be faisely accepteci and wilI continue rhrUugh the rnodel. Each and
every job that has been finished prucessing, will check before exit if the system is empty. If
not, the system wîil keep on processing the exîsting jobs in the system since no new arrivais
are occirrring during this session. On the other hanci. if the system is empty, the value of the
![Page 202: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
variable OverallProf?IlnDwnmySession(l) is recorded and the vaiue of D~vnySession is
changed to a value of 2 iadicating that the second piiot simulation wili start At this point,
the event #2 is executed which rerrieves the status of the shop h m the file X-snp. While
r e s t o ~ g the old status, the current values of the several global variables viz. DwnmySession,
FirstTimSave and OveralZProfitInDummySession are retained. The retention of the values
of the variabIes is done through the user ~ 0 d e in C. Before we restore any previous status,
we store the cunent values of those special variables in local variables. Then we restore the
previous statu. M e r restoration, we reassign those speciai variables by heir unchanged
values as stored in the local variables and then we bring those reassigned variabIes back into
SIMAN mode1 chrough usual procedure. Thus in effect, we are able to restore the old status
of the system whiIe retaining the m a t values of those variables. in the begjnning of the
second pilot session, an initial check is done if the system is aIready empty. If it is so, the
value of OverallProfitInDummySession(2) is recorded and event #2 is executed which
restores the status fiom the frle X.snp. without overwriting the current value of the variable
OveralIProfirInD~~nrySession(2). However. if at the beginning of the pilot session 2, the
system is not empcy, the active entity wtiich is performing this check is disposed h m the
mode1 and the mode1 is let m. untiI the system becomes empty by itself. in either case, the
status from the file X.snp is restored and a signai is sent to the original enuty waiting in the
WaitQ. causing it to be released fiom the WaitQ. Now this onginai entity will compare the
values of the variabIes OveralZProfitInDumrnySession(I) and
OverallProfirlnD~Sesszon(2) and will take the necessq decision accordingly and
DwnmySession wiIl change to zero again. After this, the conml wiIl go to the rhird main
model segment of the frle PM.mod. The mode1 wiii continue in this reaI mode und another
new order enters into the system. in this way, the model nuis until the simulation cime
reaches ReplicarionLengrh, when an entity is created to terminate the simulation m. Care
is taken so that the nm terminates in the red mode and not during any of the pilot simulation
nms. Mer the simuIation m is over. ail the SIMAN generated data files (which contain the
header and also the fwter) are cut of their headers and appeaded to the respective externat
files. These external files, having both the SIMAN header and footer, are possible to be
![Page 203: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
processeci by the ARENA output anaiyzer.
E.22 Automatic Saving and Restoration of the Staîus
During the execution of tbis simulation, it is needed to Save and restore snapshot files
multiple nurnber of times and also it is to be done on a conditional basis, the condition king
based on the information of the statu of the system. So in the case of a large. number of
events of save and restoration, it is virmaily impossible to Save and restore the snapshots
manudy though the help of interactive run contro!ier of SIMAN. So it is needed to use
sorne technique. where it is possible to Save and restore the snapshots in an unattended mode.
To remedy this problem. a speciai internai function has been used and the savefrestore has
ken done just by calling that function in the user code. The function is as foliows:
void srDbg-ReodWrireSnapshot (char vlename, SMIhT iop);
where. the dilename> variable should be a character string containing the fdename and
c i o p variable should take a value of 8 for SAVE, and a value of 9 for RESTORE.
E.23 Frevention Against Losing the Data in the Output File Whiie Resîoring a
Previous Snapshot
Whenever a snapshot is restored, the simulation starts witb a new set of Tally and Dstat
registers. So al the data points that were already in the registers are Iost In the present
expriment, it is important to prevent the data points (those which are coilected in the real
mode ody i.e. when DwnmySession is zero) fiom king lost Hence, jwt before leaving the
r d mode (after which the fiIe X m p will be restored through event a), ali the data points
![Page 204: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
from the default registen (.dut) is copied into an external fiie (.ex). If this is for the first
unie, the content of the ".dur" files are copied into the ".ex?" files as it is; but in orher cases,
the header of the ".dial' files are eliminated fmt and then the rest of the contents are
appended to the ".exr" Mes.
A s a a r situation arises when orders are accepted or rejected through fornard simulation.
In this case, every cime, the Wnral simulation nui ends, the snapsbot fiom the fde X3.snp is
restored. Before this restoration, the content of aU the .&t mes are appended to the .ext files.
after cutting the header portion of the .dut files. However this is done only in the emuiation
mode: but not in the scheduier mode: because, it is not intended to accept the vdues other
than in the emulation mode.
In this way, after multiple restoration of old snapshots, the whole set of useful data rests in
the .exr files: but not in the .dut files. When the simulation terminates. cuning the header and
appending the contents of the .dat files to the .en files is done once more for the Iast Ume.
This causes the . e x file to contain the last set of data points together with the footer of the
.dot fdes. This footer is created only when the simuiation terminaces. Su this resuithg .m
files contain the header, the whole set of data points corresponding to the emulation mode
and the fwter. Moreover. these .exr mes can be added to the data group of ARENA'S output
processor.
E2.4 Re-ranking of the Order Release Pool Relerrsepool
Re-ranking of the order release pool is necessary every tirne the possibility of an order release
is checked, except in one occasion (when the checking is doue by a just released order with
the fact that the machine in the &st step of the released order is busy). The reason of not re-
ranking the pool in this case is that there is no tirne delay possible between the previous
release and this present checking. So no change in the values of siack per operation of the
![Page 205: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
orders waiting in the order release pool is possible and hence no change in their relative
rankin; in the pool. The mechanism of re-ranking the pool is as foUow.
To re-rank the pool, al1 the entities fiom the ReleasePool are removed, to insert hem into the
TempReleasePool one by one until the ReleasePool is empty and then we remove the entities
h m the TempReleasePool. to insert [hem back into the RelearePool one at a tirne, und the
TmpReleasePool is empty. The ReletzsePool has a ranking d e which is LVF [slack per
operation], so that the entities are placed in the ReleasePool accordingly. In the associated
logïc. bvo very small delays called microdeluy (each equal to laa minutes). have been
introduced. This small delay helps to schedule the order of activities in the event calendar
propedy as descritied above, but they do not induce any delay in the systern which is
practicaily significant.
![Page 206: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
Results for Preliminary Experiments
This appendix contains ttie results for the prelimuiary experiments of Chapter 4 kvolving
two classes of order. They are displayed in Table F.1 and Table F.2.
![Page 207: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
Table F.l: Results for Different Variants of Percent Achievements
1 DL 1 I DLV W I
i 0.75 0.85 / 095 j 0.10 / 055 1 1.00 1 0.10 1 030 1 T OPA i 99.107 i 90.183 I -3368 1 90.183 j 86.m ! 79.511 1 90.183 85.445 i , RPA 1 99.1W / 89.919 1 -8.687 1 89.919 1 86363 j 78.751 / 89.919 UPA i 99.147 1 94.101 ! 77.4% ; 94.201 1 91991 1 91.057 j 94.201
85.017 91.944
' RlPA i 98573 1 76.084 1-904.992 76.084 / 64.686 / 39.960 / 76.084 1 60.882 1 R2PA i 98.591 1 78.708 1-196.556 ! 78.708 1 69.778 1 49.91 1 j 78.708 ! 67.473 R3PA i 99.146 1 91.379 1 51.054 1 91.379 / 88.733 1 82.847 1 91.379 1 87.580
95.065 1 92.894 82.829 1 78.219 94.891 ! 93.345
R4PA j 99.365 1 95.065 / 81.042 1 95.065 1 93.789 -
: UiPA [ 97.691 / 82829 1 -79.144 1 82829 1 79.346 ' U2PA ! 99.357 1 94.891 / 80.692 ; 94.891 1 93.979
91.795 65512 92.132
![Page 208: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
![Page 209: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
Table F.2 (conîd.): Results for Different Variants of Row Times
![Page 210: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
D-optimal Design
This appendix provides a bxief description of the D-optimal design in section G.L. Section
G.2 contains the justification for the selection of different terms in the re-msion equation
from a genenc cubic polynomid in 7 variables. Section G.3 shows a sample SAS program
wtiich produces a D-optimal design fiorn an input candidate data set.
![Page 211: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
G.l A Brief Introduction to DsptimaI Design
John and Draper (1975) reviewed the regression desigus through D-opMiality. Among ocher
literature dealing with D-optimal design, iMtcheil(1974a, b), Meyer and Nachtsheim (1995)
discussed different aigorithms for D-optirnai design while DuMouche1 and Jones (1994)
modified D-optimal design to reduce the bias caused fiom the assumed model.
Foiiowing is a brief description of the underlying theory of D-optirnal design as given by
John and Smith (1975).
The linear model
y, = f'(X,)Q + E, . where i = 1.7,3, .... n (G. 11
can be expressed in matrix notation as
y = X p + ~ . (G.2)
The vector y is an n x 1 vector of observations: X is an n x p m a h , with row i containhg
f'(x,); x, is a q x 1 vector of predictor variables; f'(x,) is a p x 1 vector which depends on the
form of the response function assumed; Q is a p x 1 vector of unknown parameters: E is an
n x 1 vector of independently and identicaiiy dismbuted random variables. wich mean zero
and variance o'. The experimentai region is denoted by X , and it is assumed that x is compact
and thatf;(x,)'s are continuous on X .
It is aiso assurned that Ieast square estimates of the parametes P are to be obtained. These
are given by
B, = (XX)-'X'y, ((3.3)
and the vanance-covariance maaix of p, is
V(P,, = f?(X'X)-L.
Then at point x r X , the predicted response is
Y&) = f'(x)P,, with variance
![Page 212: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
%(x)) = oL f'(x)(XrX)“f(x). (G-6)
The design problem consists of selecring vectors xi, i = 1,2 , ... , n fiom x such that the
design defined by these n vectors is, in some defiaed sense, optimal. By and large, solutions
to this problem consist of developing some sensible criterion based on the riodel (G.2). and
using it to obtain optimal desip. An opumality critenon is asingle n u m k r tbat summarizes
how good a design is, and it is rnaximized or minimized by an optimal design.
D-opùmality is relared to the rnatrix X'X hown as infomtion manix. This ma& is
important because it is proportional to the inverse of the variance-covariance ma& for the
least squares estimates of the linearparameten of the model. A gwd design should minimize
(XIX)*', which is the same as rnaximizing the information X'X. D-optimality is based on the
determinant of the information mafrix for the design. which is the same as the recipmai of
the determinant of the varianceçovariance matrix for the least squares estimates of the linear
parameters of the model.
KIXt = l/ l(x'x)-ll ï h e determinant is ttrus a generai measure of the size of (XI='.
G.2 Justification of the Eaeets Chosen in a Regression Mode1
A polynomiai (cubic) regession equation in n variables has ben fit for the observations of
OPA obtained from the experiments suggwted by the corresponding Dsptünal design,
where n is the nurnber of factors varied in an experîment. However, it is to be noted that it
is not possible to fit a generic cubic equation with the number of leveis of the factors
involved in the experiments in this research, since any effect containhg a p" power of a
factor wïil need to have at Ieast ( p l ) levels for that factor to estimate that effect. So for
exampie, h m an experiment it is not possible to estimate an effect containing DDTZ or DL3
since DDT has ody 2 Ieveis and DL has only 3.
![Page 213: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
G3 An Example SAS Program to Generate Dsptimai Experimental Design to Buiid
Regression Mode1 for the BUS-BUSM Scenario
![Page 214: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
Redts from Two-stage Input Control
This appendix contains the results of the experiments involving two-stage input control
contained in Chapter 4.
![Page 215: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
200
Table El: Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Control Lirnits in
7- l
1 10 1 10 1 10 i EDD j 1
l I !
20 1 Y 30 10 EDD
1 9'39 J j 10 10 I EDD ' 75.90 1
![Page 216: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
![Page 217: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
202
Table H A Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Control Limits in
250 15 j 1 86.11 3 0 20 i ! 87.64 Y 0 1 3 88.67 250 30 ' 89.17 50 10 1 EDD i 7138 50 15 I 71.7 l
![Page 218: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
Table H.4: Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Conuol Limits in TAL-TRL Scenario
1 50 1 3 0 1 250 1 ! 9175 1 ! 150 1 50 : 50 1 EDD i 69.61 1
-- -
1 HL-TU) RL-TAL [U-TRL; DR OP*
; 88-70 i 250 i 50 - 50 i EDD 1 70.65
50 50 50
i 50
-- ~ 1 -%-TM, 1 RL-TM, 1 CL-RL 1 DR / OPA
50 50 1 100 70.00
7 1-38 50
89.77 90.48
1 50 91 59 200 9265
93.23
89.36 50 I 250 1 150
' 50 1 EDD 69.87
100 ; 70.41 150 1 71.01 200I / 71.24
50 I 750 70.66 , 50 50 1 8737 ' 50 ' HO 1 LOO l 893
50 , 150 150 1 90.82 9 1.87 i 91.96
/ 50 / 250 1 50 l 85.12 250 1 100 ' 87.46
a 8955 250 1 200 ; 1 90.96
![Page 219: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
Appendix 1
Accuracy of the Regression Models
of Chapter 5
This appendix contains reports on the accuracy of a i i the regression modeis from Chapter 5.
![Page 220: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
1.1 BUS AccepilReject Rule, Regular Orders Ouiy
To test the accuracy of the repssion model bu& the predicted values of OPA h m the
regression model have been compared with those obtained from the corresponding
simulation model for the same set of values for the environmental variables and control
parameters. In each case, the simulation is run for 5 replications each of length 83520 hours
with the wami-up period of 11520 hours so that the half-width of the confidence intervai of
the mean of OPA is Iess than or equd to 1% of the mean. The resuits are shown in Table 1.1.
The "9% Error" column in this and a i l subsequent tables of this appendix shows the errors in
the regression model estimates, as a percentage of the values obtained from the simulation.
Table LI: Accuraçy for the BUS Re,dar ûrders Only Case
Input Set of Variables OPA 1
I
DL DLV PTV I DDT' RL h m fmm l % j
This test for accuracy bas been M e r expanded for the foilowing scenarios which are
generared from the following levels of the factors: Di+{0.8,0.9), DLV=(0335,0.775),
PTVd.2, PUOd, DDT={"L.mse". '"Tight" 1, and R k 16. For this expanded test, the Ievels
of the environmentd factors are chosen to be at the middIe of the Ievels at which the
regression model has been originaHy caiibrated The results are shown in Table 13.
1 in ail tables of this appendix, the "Loose" and 'm@t? leveis of DDT are denoted by 1 and 2 respectively.
![Page 221: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
206
Table 1 2 Accuracy for the BUS Re,dar Ordea Only Case (Expanded Test)
Input Set of Variables 1 1
i OPA I 1 P'IV 1 DDT RL i fmm from
l
1.2 BUS Accept/Reject Rule, Two Order Classes
Tests were conducred in a similar fashion to those for the regular orders oniy scenario. The
results are shown in Table 13.
Table 13: Accuracy for the BUS Two Order CIasses Case 1
I Input Set of Variables l OPA
The test for accuracy has been further expanded as in the previous we . Various scenarios
for the test were generated h m the factor levels: Dk(0.8, 0.91, DLV={0.325, 0.7751,
PTV4.2. PUO=(O. 1. 0.3). DDT={"Laose". 'Tight"}, HIA4 and RL= 16. The
corresponding results are shown in the immediately foUowing Table 1.4.
![Page 222: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
207
Table 1.4: Accuracy for the BUS Two Order Classes Case (Expanded Test) 1 , Input Set of Variables 1 OPA I DL DLV I PTV : PWO 1 DDT I HL I RL I from I from 1 % i
1.3 TAI, Accept/Reject Rule, Regular Orders Only
Test were conducted in asimilar fashion to those for the BUS d e . The correspondhg resuits
are in Table 15.
Table 1.5: Accuracy for the TAL Regular Orders Oniy Case
Input Set of Variables I OPA DL DLV 1 Pm i DDT ! RL ! from from %
This cornparison has aIso been further expanded for the scenarios which are generated from
the factor Ievels: DLs(0.8, 0.91, DLV=(0325, 0.7751, PTV4.2, PUOt(O.1, O-2},
![Page 223: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
208
DDT={"Loose", 'Tight"} and Ri,=( 175,225). The results are shown in Table L6.
Table 1.6: Accuracy for the TAL Re,dar Orders Only Case (Expanded Test)
l
I j Simulation / Regmdon 1 Ermr - I ! l !
0.80 l O 0.2 1 1 1 125 1 96.18 92.21 -8.2 i 0.80 10.325 i 0.2 1 1 1 i 9633 i 87.87 1 -17.5 i 0.80 0 . 3 0.2 j 1 1 81.76 74.78 1 -17.0 1 i 0.80 / 0325 / 0.2 1 1 125 1 76.94 1 55.83 1 -54.6 1 0.80 \ 0.775 I 0.2 I I I i 93.97 / 9155 1 -5.1 [
: 0.775 1 0.2 1 1 1 225 93.80 j 85.97 I 0.80 -16.6 j 1 0.80 0.775 1 0.2 i Z 125 8152 1 74.77 -16.5 1
0.80 ! 0.775 / 0.2 1 2 225 71.23 i 5199 -51.0 1 1 0.90 ; 0.315 / 0.2 \ 1 125 1 87.40 91.87 1 10.2 ; 0.90 ' 0.325 / 0.2 j 1 1 125 1 76.85 1 8756 1 27.7 i 0.90 1 0.315 ( 0.1 2 125 1 68.65 1 74.31 1 16.4
0.90 ; 0.325 / 0.2 1 7 ; 22.5 i 28.40 1 55.82 1 192.1 : / 0.90 ; 0.775 i 0.2 l 1 1 125 ! 86.36 91.47 11.8 '
0.90 I 0.775 ' 0.2 ; 1 ; ; 79.24 : 85.94 : 16.8 ! ; 125 1 70.35 74.11 10.6 1 1 0.90 j 0.775 ' 0.2 ! -
i 0.90 0.775 i 0.2 i ? 225 1 36.19 52.81 1 91.1 1
1.4 TM., AccepüReject Rule, Two Order Classes
Test were conducted in a simdar fahion to those for the BUS d e . The results are shown in
Table 1.7.
Table 1.7: Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case
input Set of Variables OPA DL , DLV 1 PTV ! PU0 j DDT 1 EL ' RL ' from 1 from 96 1
![Page 224: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
This cornparison has also been M e r expanded for the scenarios which are generated from
the factor levels: DL=[O.X, 0.9). DLV={0.325, 0.775). PTV=û.2, PUO={O.1, 0.2).
DDT={"Loose", 'Ti@'), RG-[ 125,225} and &{ 125,225). The results are shown in
Table La.
Tabk 1.3: Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case (Expanded Test)
Input Set of Variabis OPA 1
![Page 225: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
Table 1.8 (contà.): Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case (Expanded Test) f
l input set OC variables I OPA l DL I DLV 1 PTV l PU0 / DDT EL 1 RL i <rom f r o m I % l
1 Simukation 1 ~ ~ g a r o n 1 Ermr 1 1 0.90 0.3-5 1 0.7 ; 0.10 ' I 1 225 l 77c 1 75-69 n.ii ; 3.2 1 0.90 0.375 ' 0.2 0.10 1 7 1 125 1 125 i 64.75 7557 1 16.7 1 1 0.90 0.325 / 0.2 1 0.10 1 7 , 125 1 225 , 55.18 1 7293 31.5 j j 0.90 1 0.325 j 0.2 , 0.10 ' 7 225 i 125 1 6438 1 70.69 95 '
0.90 1 0.325 1 0.2 ' 0.10 ! 2 1 225 1 725 1 74.98 57.94 1 131.9 1 0.90 t 0.325 1 02 1 0.20 1 1 125 1 125 1 85.61 ] 86.47 1 1.0 1
I â SIMUL AccepüReject Rule Regular Orders Only
It was not possible CO cany out this test due CO unavailabihty of resources.
![Page 226: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
1.6 SIMUL AcceptIReject Rule, Two Oder Classes
Test were conducted in a similar fashion to those for the BUS nile. The results are shown in
the Table 1.9.
Table 1.9: Accuracy for the SMUL Two Order Classes Case
1 OPA input Set of Variables DL DLV I FTV 1 PU0 ' DDT / Kincr 1 from from 46
.An expanded test for acciiiacy of the regression model in this case was not done due to Ume
and resource constraints.
1.7 Comments on the Accuracy of the Regression Models
Frorn the resuits of the above tests the following observaiions and commencs can be made.
( 1) As might be expected, the regression model predicted values of OPA closely match
the values obtained from simulations for combinations of environmental factors
which were set in the simda4ons used to build the regession mode1 in the first
place.
(2) In the two order classes scenario of the BUS and TAL AR des. the regession
madels were built based on a much Iarger set of design points than the D-optimd
design wouid have suggesteé As a result the accuracy of these regesion models is
![Page 227: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
reasonably good. even at the points away from the scenarios where the regression
models have been calibrated. However, it should be noted that for the scenarios
Învolving a 'Tight" level of DDT, the regesion model for the TAL case stiii
performs poorly. This suggests that more design points hvolving the Tight" level
of DDT should be used in building an irnproved regression model for the TAL two
classes of order case.
(3) The regression mode1 for the SIMUL d e , two cIasses of order case is pwr. This can
be attributed to the foliowing two reasons. Firstly, the observations of OPA at
different design points are biased because insufficiently long simulation runs were
used to obtain these observations (due to thne and resource constraints). Secondly,
the number of design points used by the Dspumal design was rnsuff~cient to buiid
a good regession model.
The regession mode1 corresponding to the SIMuZ re,darorders only scenario could
not be tested. aggn due to the time and resource problem, But it is iikely poor due to
the same two w o n s as explained above in the case of two classes of order.
![Page 228: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
Appendix J
Main Performances at Optimal Control
This appendix contains the plots and the corresponding tabdar data showing how the main
performance measures of the system Vary in case of each accept/reject d e , with one of the
environmental factors chan& and other factors remaining at their base levels, and when
the system is conmlIed optimaiiy. The data for each of these quantities, which are plotted
here, were obtained by averaging five observations of the respective quantity. These five
observations are obtained by simuiating the system with above conditions for 5 replications,
each replication k ing of length 83520 hours which inchdes a w m - u p period of 11530
houn çuch that the hdf-width of the confidence intervai around the average is within 1 % of
the average.
The plots of the resuits have k e n presented in three sections v i ~ J.1. J.2.53. which are
devored CO BUS, TAL and SIMUL accepttreject d e respecuvely. The corresponding
tabdated data have k e n presented in subsequent sections 5.4, JS, J.6.
![Page 229: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
J.1 Plots for the Main Performances When Bus 1s Active
- r_ 5 8 0 4
5 L 7 0 7750 - 1 I -
60
0 1 0.35 0.6 O 85 1.1 DLV
-0PA (BUS) +OPA (FA)
16) OPRLiad OPTLm DLV
I I . O . 11s O Y S 11.9 0 9 5 I o. I O 35 0.6 0.85
DL DLV
. . .e . . . O P E -OPTL ... ....OPE O P T L
O O05 O 1 0 15 O ? O15 O 2 O O 1 O 2 O 3 O 4 PU0
- - - . . . - - -- prv
..-a... OPRL -0PTL . . - a - - - O P E O P T L - ----- . - .- - ,
Figure J.l.l: Effect of Optimal Control on OPA. OPRL and OETL under Changing DL, PUO. DLV and W. When BUS Is Active
![Page 230: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
( I I L : P A i n d RPA ii DL (7) UPA a n d RPA rs DLV
0 1 0.3s o n O I S I D L V
iSI RrPA r i DL 191 R i P A ir DLV
D L V
m R I P . 4 .%:PA Q R 3 P \ .RIPA m O P R L
141 CPA and RPA r i PCO I f o i UPA and RPA r i P T V
I I I i U r P A n PTV
t 12) RxPA n PTV
Figure J.12: Wect of Optimal Conml on WA, RPA, UxPA and W A under Changine DL PUO. DLV and PTV, When BUS 1s Active
![Page 231: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
( I I CPRL n i d RPRL n D L
1 1 . 5 I I I 1165 1 1 9 0 9 5
P L
I C P R L O R P R L
(41 CPRL i i d RPRL n P C O
17 ) L'PRL a i d PPRL vs DLLY
. n - - s x 4 - n % a. = x 1 n
i ) I H I u I 0 . 3 5 0 . a u N S I
D L V
. L ' P U O R P R L
i 8 W i P Q L n DLV
19) RiPRL n DLV
110, CPRL and RPRL n P T V
;i: ; H L
11 1 il 2 0 3 PTV
D C P R L O R P R L
15, CiPRL n PCO 1111 CiPRL rr PTY
- h
.- ~
, ) i l 5 1 I I 1 5 ' 1 : ' I L S il I Pl 2 i l f PCO P N
1 6 ) RsPRL n PCO 1 1 1 1 RiPRL n PTV
Figure 5.13: Effect of Optimal Conrroi on WRL, RPRL. UxPRL, and RxPiU under Changïng DL. PUO- DLV and FïV, When BUS ts Active
![Page 232: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
i l ) U P T L i i d R P T L rs D L
-
k7) U P T L i l i d R P T L vs D L V
II l O 35 O 6 0 . 8 5 1
D L V
I U P T L O R P T L
18) L ' r P T L n D L V
O I 0.35 O b O $ 3 l
D L V
19) R r P T L vs D L V
I t O l U P T L and R P T L n P T V I I I L'PTL i n d R P T L wr P C O
(111 C i P T L r s P T V
i l 2 1 R x P T L rs P T V id) R r P T L n PCO
i ~ ~ 5 0 1 o i r o z 0 2 s Pt iO
l R i P T L l R Z P T L E ] R 3 P T L W R J P T L .
Figure 5.1.4: Effect of Optimal Conml on b'PTL, RPTL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changïng DL, PUO. DLV and PTV, When BUS 1s Active
![Page 233: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
5.2 Plots for the Main Performances Wben TAL 1s Active
(1) OPA(TIU) nndOPA (FA) ia DL (9 OPA ( T U ) and OPA (FA) w DLV '
0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0.1 0.35 0.6 0.85 1 . 1 DL DLV
+OPA tTAL) -0PA (FA) 19s -0PA ITAL) +OPA (FA)
(2) OPRLaadOPïLn DL (6)OPRLandOfTL n DLV
0.7 O 75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0.1 0 .35 11.6 0.85 t I DL DLV
....... OPRL O P T L - 6 - O P R L O P T L
13) 0PA ( T U ) and OPA (FA) u3 PU0 i7) OPA ITX) and OPA (FA) vs PTV
PU0 - - 4- -0PRL O P T L
Figure 5.2.1: Effect of Optimal Conml on OPA, OPRL, and O P ' under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL 1s Active
![Page 234: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
(71 U P A and R P A vs DLV
IO11 YI)
< .z 3 0 = 711 ; = hl1
511
18) UIPA vs D L V
131 RxPA ir D L 1 9 1 RxPA rs D LY
{ r i L'PA a n d R P A vs PUO 110) CP,\ i n d RPA i s PT V
. III iC .. fll 2. i - 0 ; = hl1
5 11
1 1 l l UxPA n P T V
--4
t 121 R r P A vs P t V
Figure J.2.2: Effect of Optimal Control on UPA, RPA, UxPA. and RxPA under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and Pm. When TAi Is Active
![Page 235: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
I I ) UPUL and RPRL n D L i f ) UPRL niid RPRL rr DLV
0 7 5 0 % llR5 i l 9 1095 Il L 0.35 0 6 il X S L
D L D L V
m U P R L O R P R L m U P R L O R P R L
D L V ~ U I P R L m U Z P R L o U 3 P R L ~ U I P R L I
141 CPRL and RPRL n PU0 (10) UPRL and RPRL 1 s PTV
. .
H C P R L O R P R L E C P R L O R P R L
1 5 ) C I P B L v i PCO t 1 I l CnPRL i s PTV
( 6 ) RiPRL .i PU0 I 12) RKPRL vs PTV
Figure 5.23: Effect of Optimal Conuol on UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL Is Active
![Page 236: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
I 1 i t P T L and RPT L ts D L (7) UPTL i n d RPT L is D LV
0 1 1 1 3 5 0 . 6 0.115 1
D L V
t Z I UrPTL vs D L ( 8 ) UxPTL rr DLV
DLV D U I P T L m U I P T L U U J P T L U L i r P T L :
19) RrPTL rs OLV ( 3 ) RxPTL vr DL
0 1 0 3 5 1 1 h 0 8 5 I
DLV
B R l P T L H R ? P T L U R J P T L m R a P T L
I 101 UPTL and RPTL rs PTV III UPTL and RPTL i c PU0
(5) UrPTL rs PU0 111) UxPTL rs PTV
o I n 2 11 3 Ptv
P U I P T L m U 2 P T L U U 3 P T L m U 4 P T L .
-
1 12) RxPTL r i PTV
n I O : O 3 P t v
D R I P T L mRZPTi. U R J P T L ~ R J P ? ~ . -. -- --
Figure 5.2.4: Effect of Optimal Conml on UPTL, RP'ïL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changing DL. PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL Is Active
![Page 237: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
5.3 Plots for the Maln Performances When SIMUL Is Active
0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0.1 0.35 0.6 0.85 1.1 DL DLV
-0PA tSlMUL) -0PA -0PA (SMUL) +OPA (FA) I
(2) OPRLandOPTLn DL (6) OPRLand OPTL vs DLV
DLV ... ....OPRL O P T L
13) 0 P A (S[ICIUL) andOPA (FA) n PU0 (7) OPA (Slh.IüL) and OPA (FA) n PTV
14) OPRLand OeTLvs PlrO (8) OPRLand OPTL vs ETV
0 0.05 0.1 O. 15 0.2 0.25 0.3 O 0. 1 0.2 0.3 0.4:
. . . . . - . . .. . - PU0 -. - -- -- w
. . .*. . . OPRL O P T L - - 4 - - - O P R L O P T L . - ~p~ - +--
Figure J.3.1: Effect of Optimal Control on OPA, OPRL, and OPTL under Changing D L PUO, DLV and Pm. When SIMUL is Active
![Page 238: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
t l l U P A and R P A r i D L i7) U P A and R P A i s PLV
12) U x P A vs D L tg) U s P A r s DLV
13) RIPA vs D L 19) RIPA vs DLY
14) U P A nad R P A r s P U 0 1 1 0 ) U P A i a d R P A r s P T V
1 1111 i III1 11 11
* * 'III L L -11 = ni1
$11 5 Il
151 U i P A r s P C O 1 1 1 ) U r P A r s P T V
! IIU , i lin
r -11 = on
'Il
i l 0 5 111 I l 1 5 0 1 11:s 11 I 1) 2 II 3 P U 0 P t V
P R I P A p R 2 P 4 O R 3 P A ~ R I P ~ = R I P A a R 2 P A O R J P A .RIPA -. - --
Figure J.3.2: Effect of Optimal Conml on UPA, RPA, UxPA, and RxPA under Changine DL, PUO. DLV and ETV, When SIMIL Ts Active
![Page 239: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
11) UxPRL vs DL
( 7 ) UPRL a n d RPRL n DLV
11.1 0.35 0 6 Il M 5 I
D L V
M U P R L [JRPRL
( 8 ) UxPRL vs DLV
191 RxPRL rs DLV
i n 30
& 1 0 . P 1 0
il
0 1 O35 O h OH5 I
D L V
1 1 ) UPRL a n d RPRL vr P L 0 1 1 0 ) U P R L a n d R P R L vs PTV
I S I UxPRL vs P U 0 1111 ü r P R L rs PTV
11 0 5 O I Il 15 O 2 fl 25 O 1 Il 2 1) 3
P C O -. P T V
e L ' I P R L m L ' L P R L a f 3 P R L m L ' 4 P R L m U l P R L m U Z P R L O U 3 P R L ~ U I P R ~
161 RrPRL rr P U 0 t 12) RxPRL vs PTV
Figure 53.3: Effect of Optimal Conml on UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL, -
under chan& DL, PUO. DLV and PTV, When SIMUL 1s Active
![Page 240: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
i l l U P T L i n d R P T L n D L i f l UPTL nad RPTL IS D LV
0'5 i ) l 085 I l 9 O95 O I 3 5 0 6 o r 5 i
DL D L V
E C P T L ORPTL MUPTL n R P T L
141 CPTL imd RPTL n PU0
181 UsPTL vi DLV
0 I II 35 0.6 0 a 5 1
D L V
( 9 ) R iPTL r i DLV
110) UPTL i a d RPTL rs PTV
15) UrPTL rs PU0 I I I ) UrPTL .I PTV
16, RrPTL n PU0 I t2I RxPTL i s PTV
Figure 53.4: Effect of Optimal Control on üPTL, RPTL, UxiTL. and RxPTL under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and Pm, When SIMUL is Active
![Page 241: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
5.4 Tabulated Main Performance hieasures When Bus 1s Active
Table J.l: OPA, UPA, RPG UxPA and RxPA under Changing DL, DLV, Pm and PUO, When BUS 1s Active
DL i OPA 1 UPA : RPA 1 LWA i ü2PA 1 U3PA 1 WPA 1 IUPA I W A
4 1 I 1 4 ! P U 0 1 OPA i üPA 1 RPA I UlPA i ü2PA I U3PA 1 WPA I RIPA 1 W A R3PA RJPA 0.05 95.31 1 97.56 ' 95.16 : 97.90 ! 98.20 ; 97.92 ; 96.73 1 97.90 1 9637 i 95.08 1 94.42 T
! 0.10 I 95.09 i 97.18 194.79 I 97.94 198.11 i 9750 196.46 19754 196.12 194.62 : 94.11 ! 0.15 : 94.64 i %.85 194.15 197.79 197.63 197.16 195.94 197.69 195.43 ( 94.18 193.18 / i 0.20 94.17 : 96.39 i 93.49 197.19 197.18 196.68 195.50! 97.08 194.79 193.37 ! 9768 1 0.3 , 93.84 l 97.18 / 92.41 1 98.52 1 98.01 1 97.46 1 96.56 9797. 1 94.40 i 92.45 1 90.98 1
R3PA i RJPA
RIPA 94.42 94.17 '
I I ! i 1 I I I 1
Table J.2: OPRL, UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV,
1 DLV i OPA UPA ; RPA 1 üiPA 1 UZPA 1 U3PA I U P A 0.10 1 95.31 ! 9756 1 95.16 97.90 ! 98.20 1 9 - 9 2 j 96-73
! 0.35 95.04 1 97.n / 94.93 i 98.26 1 98.3 1 97.87 1 %.n
U P A ' I l I 1 1 1 1 1 I i 1
1 0.75 i 9837 1 82.22 99.43 i 93.25 85.N 83.95 1 77.32 i 99.80 ! 99-59 99.40 1 9937
1 0.M) 1 94.41 , 9753 1 94.11 ! 97.43 1 9830 1 97.90 j %.65 i 97.83 1 95.82 0.85 9351 ' 9726 1 9326 9851 1 98.09 1 97.63 ] 96.24 1 9720 1 95.05
; 1.00 i 9L95 97.17 T 9767 1 97.91 1 97.94 1 9753 1 9 6 2 ! 97.00 1 9456
OPA 1 W A ( RPA U U A 1 W A i ü3PA
i ! l 1 ! l DLV i OPRL 1 üPRL i RPRL IUIPRClmPRtI~PRL!U4PRL RlPRL R ~ P R L ' R ~ P R L ~ R ~ P R L .
! 0.10 1 3.29 0.02 i 3.51 i 0.00 10.11 :0.00 ! 0.00 1.59 2.55 355 i 4.09 1 035 1 3.51 1 0.05 ' 3.73 ! 0.00 i 0.11 i 0.07 ! 0.00 1.53 161 3.84 1 436 [ 0.60 1 4.1 i 0.00 , r.38 i 0.00 ! 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00 j 1.60 3.00 4.46 / 5.2 i 0.85 1 4.89 , 0.10 I 5.21 1 0.00 1 0.00 ; 0.13 1 0.11 1 116 . 3.66 521 1 6.15 ' 1.00 i 5.37 i 0.09 1 5 . 7 1 10-00 1 0.11 10.07 10.11 1'36 14.08 5.74 / 6.81 ;
!
RIPA 97.90 98.01
94.09 1 9323 1 93.17 1 92.14 1 9 3 6 1 91.49 j
WPA 1 RiPA 1 RZPA ( U P A 1 0.10 1 95.31 9756 95.16 ! QI-90 ! 98.20 1 97.92 1 0.10 1 94.79 1 1 1 94.63 1 9 1 . 3 ! 98.00 , 9799 030 93.67 / %.50 ' 93.48 1 97.35 { 9732 / 97.07
! 1 I I l
P ï V and PUO. When BUS Is Active
9'7.77 197.84
DL 1 OPRL ; UPRt RPRL ~ U ~ P R ~ ~ U Z P R L I U ~ W I W P R L I R T P R L I - ~ I U P R L 10.75 1 1.47 1 17.72 0.10 16.65 : 14.58! 16.M!2?3 tO.11 1029 10.44 1 0.80 ! 0.91 1 0.83 1 0.92 1 0.00 1 036 1 0.87 1 1.10 / 0.36 1 0.67 0.97
0.80 / 97.87 1 97.70 / 97.88
R2PA 9637 9630
%.El 1 9790 i 96.37 / 95.08
R4PIU. 0-44 1.02
I I
PU0 l OPRL UPBL IRPBL!ULPII~IUWRL O i 3.19 0.02 ) 351 i 0110 1 0.11
IO.10' 3.16 , 0.04 13.60 1 OM) 10-00 ' 0.15 1 3.14 i 0.09 1 3 . 8 0 10.00 ) 0.00
98-44 98.67
R3PA 95.08 94.78
94.42
1 0.85 1 3.29 i 0.01 3.51 1 0.00 ! 0.11 1 0.00 ) 0.00 / 159 / 2.55 1 355 1 4.04 1
i 0.90 ! 7.06 0.00 ' 7.53 1 0.00 , 0.00 1 0.0 1 0.00 1 3.07 1 550 1 7.51 l 8.96 i 0.95 1 10.06 1 0.W ; 10.72 1 0.00 ! 0.00 j 0.00 1 0.00 1 l i I
42s 732 i 10.71 1 1 ~ 9 0 1 t
97.98 i 96.85 98.85 i98.09 0.85 1 95.31 1 97.56 1 95.16
%.18 1 97.90 1 95.95 1 94.41 1 93.97 / 95.26 1 9730 : 95.03 1 93.31 j g38 I
I l 1
98.20 97-90
1 1
R ~ P R L I R ~ P R L / R ~ P R L I R ~ ~ 1.59 1 3 5 1 3.55 i 4.09 1.75 12.49 13.68 (4.21
, 128 1185 / 3.67 14.66 10.20 1 3.11 1 0.15 i 4.02 10-00 1048 / 0.19 I 0.3 1 424 i 0.01 1 6.00 ) 0.00 1 0.110 1 0.00
t
IJ3PRL!WFRL aûû 1 0.00
0.90 ; 92.06 ; 98.05 l 91.66
O S / 152 1298 14.01 I4.TI
, R E 1 239 1 436 / 5.91 ; 724
0.W 0.12
97.91 1 96.73
0.06 0.t2
! 0.95 1 88.65 1 97.14 1 88.09 9825 1 98.18 1 97.53 1 95.90 95.41 1 91.70 i 88.07 85.64 i 98.82
97.90 1 96.37 1 95.08 98.50 1 9830 i 97.42
94.42 !
%.74 94.02 ( 91.68 90.01 1
![Page 242: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
![Page 243: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
JS Tabulaîed Main Performance Measures When TAL 1s Active
Table J.4: OP& UPA, RPA, UxPA and RxPA under Changing DL DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL 1s Active
I DL i OPA : UPA 1 RPA , UIPA I U2PA ; U3PA 1 U P A 1 RIPA 1 U A 1 IUPA I MPh 1 0.75 ( 98.99 195.99 '99.19 195.U) i 96.42 i 95.99 195.81 1 9 8 . M 198.76 1 9 9 . X ! 49.45
0.80 1 9.10 i 93.70 1 9732 1 91.61 , 94.59 i 93.75 1 9331 I 95.27 i 95.26 1 g -51 I 9832 *
I O.= j 9L68 169.28 194.22 66.18 i 68.86 ( 6 8 2 3 171.12 i 89.88 190.14 194.68 i %.15 1 0.90 1 87.73 1 58.93 1 89.62 ; 59.79 / 59.10 , 59.92 1 57.18 1 86.14 1 8633 ! 89.91 1 91.26
Ï 0.95 ! 83.35 1 81.61 83.01 ' 61.44 89.10 1 88.66 / 8561 1 80.33 1 79.2 1 83.14 I 84-97 1
I
1 W O : OPA , &PA I RPA I UlPA UPA : ü3PA 1 UJPA I RlPA I RZPA ! R3PA 1 RaPA i 0.05 9768 169.18 ! 94.E 166.18 68.86 ! 68.23 171.12 i 89.88 i 90.14 i 94.68 196.15 1 0.10 : 9217 i 9711 1 9718 , 87.92 93.38 1 9L41 , 9133 1 87.32 1 87.32 : 92.62 ) 94.55 ' 0.î5 91.88 87.3 192.89 ilfi , 87.20 : D.88 ' 86.65 i 89.53 i 88.66 i 93-16 i 95.03 0 .3 1 9 1 3 i 95.42 1 9 0 3 190.21 %.O6 196.03 194.61 ; 81.32 185.92 . 9053 192-68 ! 0 .3 ' 91.29 1 95.64 1 89.4 , 91.50 96.09 1 96.16 1 95.03 1 88.02 ! 85.76 1 89.67 [ 9133 1
Table J.5: OPRL, UPRL. RPRL, UxPRLand RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL Is Active
DL 1 OPRL t UPRL 1 RPRL ; UlPRL 1 ULPRL I U3PRL I U4PRL : RlPRL 1 WPRL R3PRL i R4PSL [ 0.75 : 031 1 3.45 1 0.00 l 4-44 3.13 ! 350 1 3-41 1 0.00 i 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00 1
1 0.80 1 0 3 28 4 5 1 2 0.00 : 454 3.82 ' 4.81 : 4 5 i 1 0.00 1 0.01 i 0.00 1 0.01 i 0.85 i 2% 1 29.01 / 125 i iZ75 2953 ; 30-8 1 26.78 1 1.09 1 1.18 1 1.29 ; 1.25 j , 0.90 ' 8.25 ! 39.33 ! 6.19 ! 37.24 3930 ; 3855 i 40.54 1 5.83 5.74 1 6.31 t 6.30 i 1 0.95 ' 13.12 ! 9.64 1 1335 ! 10.23 , 8 3 1 9.12 ' 11.08 1 13.44 1 13.65 1 13.56 1 1292 1
I I t 1 I I i I DLV , OP= : EPRL 1 RPRL i L i : L I I U3PRL 1 WPRL 1 RlPRL I BtPRL EUPRL I R4PIU. ' 0.10 ' 7% 29.01 I 115 / 3775 1 2 9 5 3 i 30.28 126.78 1 1.09 i 1.18 i 129 1 125 : 035 331 , 30.41 : 153 1 28.19 ' 3-50 / 31.32 i 2828 i 1.43 I 1-59 I 152 I 153
0.m 4.38 3324 .) 2 4 1 31-19 1 34-53 1 33.43 1 3245 1 770 1 2.3 i 256 1 2.43 1 ! 0.85 , 6.11 33.62 1 M O i 39.32 8 30.94 1 33-95 1 3.17 I 431 ; 4.48 . 4-23 ' 4.29 I
1.00 731 31.97 i 5.68 . 58.64 ! 3.24 i 31.98 / 32.91 i 539 1 5.63 i 5.66 1 5-75 1 I 1 l I 1 I
1 1 1
P n OpaL : UPRL 1 RPRL . C ~ P R L ~ U ~ P R L ! U ~ P R L ~ W P B L ) ~ ~ ~ P B L I B ~ P R L I E U P B L I R J P R L ~ 0.10 1 7% 29.01 i 1.15 . 3L75 2953 : 30-8 126.78 i 1.09 1 1.18 j 1.29 1 1.25 010 ' 3.95 ; 3.83 j "F i 29.56 : 28.96 i 29.20 j 31.15 i L43 i L I 1 'w 1 110 0.30 I 4.77 : 33-17 i 190 ; 3 2 3 i 3262 1 34.02 1 3Z4I j 039 1 3 1 1 3.E
I i I I I ! t t
I uo ora i mu i iuu. ~tnruirnruimpu.!ouariuruinnriunr
77â
UPRL , 0.05 L% 1 3 A I : 125 l 3 L 7 5 29.53 i 30-8
0.10 2.34 : 4.09 ; 2.09 1 3.67 1 320 j 4.53 0.15 j.09 ] 932 : 1.74 i 9.18 1 9.65 i 9.19
26.78 ! 1.09 i 1-18 i 1.29 1 125 ; 4.17 i 2.10 ! 116 ! 202 1 216 \ 931 / 153 1 1.67 i 1-73
: O 2 0 788 t 025 , 3.69 1 0.08 1 0.26 l 0.21 , O29 t9 3.73 1 3-74 ) 3.72 0 3 , 3-44 / 0.00 ! 4.87 0.00 1 0.00 / 0.00 1 0.00 i 4.83 1 4-95 ! ?.Z'
1.19 1 3.62 i 4.95 [
![Page 244: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
229
Table 5.6: OPTL, WïL, RP1Z. UxPTL and RxP'ïL under Changing DL, DLV.
I 1 I ! 1 I l ! I Pn OPïL I UPTL 1 RPTL )mmLICifPrt~U3Pn.lM~/RlPn!RZmLI113Pn.!R4PTLi
r 0.10 i 4.35 ' 1.71 i 455 i 1.W 1 1.60 i IJO 1 1 . 6 2 110.04 1 8 . 6 8 14.M I L 6 1 i 0 . 3 j 3.98 t 1.78 , 4.12 1 1.44 ; 135 i I.JS ! 108 i 7.n i 7.41 1 3.80 1 256 1 0 . 3 0 : 4.47 12-08 1 4 . 6 2 , 1.S; ' 153 1 1.71 ( 137 i 7.95 : 8.17 1 4 3 3 I 292 I r I I 1
![Page 245: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
5.6 Tabulated Main Performance Measures When SIMUL Is Active
Table J.7: OPA, UPA, EWA, UxPA and RxPA under Changuig DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When SIMUL. 1s Active
i DL 4 OPA I UPA ; RPh 1 UIPA 1 UlPA UPA I U4PA 1 RlPA ; R2PA 1 IUPA i RJPA t 0.75 1 98.85 1 95.4s 1 99.07 1 99.78 1 95.83 i 95.14 1 9537 I 98.89 i 98.92 ; 99.09 I 99.13 ! 0.80 i 9710 1 80.53 i 95.02 1 89.4 i 81.91 1 8244 l 76.74 i 93.95 1 93.71 ; 95.11 1 95.61 i 0.85 i 94.91 1 78.58 / 91.17 1 86.85 j 8783 1 79.39 74.77 1 94.75 1 93.15 1 94.Y / 94.54 ! 0.90 i 9135 1 82.08 j 94.52 1 86.89 1 86.81 1 83.81 1 n.34 1 94.79 1 94.26 1 94.62 1 9451 1 0.95 ' 87.81 1 80.53 1 94.06 1 86-22 / 83.56 1 8764 1 75.99 1 93.73 ( 94.85 1 9455 [ 93.06
1
Tabie J.8: OPRL, UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV, P W and PUO, M e n SMLJL Is Active
DL iOPRL l bTRL 1 RPRL : UIPRL I LlZPRL I ü3PIU. 1 UJPRL. 1 RiPRL 1 RZPM. 1 R3PRL I R4PRL I 0.75 1 0.63 1 4.11 I 0.41 0.00 ; 3.81 ! 4.57 i 3.97 1 053 1 059 1 0.36 1 0.36 1 0.80 ! 3.13 : 18.22 1 2.17 10.45 ' t7.70 I 16.44 1 11.39 ! 2.93 1 258 1 2.137 I 2.02 I 0.85 : 4.08 1 1 O . a 1 3.05 1 13.06 16.48 ; 1959 / 3 -70 i 2.41 ; 333 090 1 4.32 ! 1729 / 3.49 ' 12.61 IL78 ' 15.77 ' 11.61 1 3.93 1 3.61 0.95 1 520 1 18.75 4.34 ! 13.41 1 16.48 1 16.75 1 2.81 1 5.20 I 3.55
3.04 1 2.97 335 1 3.58 1 3.84 1 531
I 1 1 I l 1 b t
![Page 246: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
Table J.9: OPTL, UPTL. RPTL, U x F L and RxPTL under Changing DL DLV. PTV
![Page 247: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
Plots for the TAL Accept/Reject Rule
Zn this appendix the plots of the exploratory experiments involving the control lunits of the
acceptlreject d e s have been provided. These were referred in Chapter 5 (section 5.1.2).
![Page 248: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection](https://reader035.fdocuments.net/reader035/viewer/2022070807/5f0539647e708231d411e5ea/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
Figure K.1: Rots for the TAL Acceptmeject Rule